]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texinfo
Remove support for the (deprecated) openrisc and or32 configurations and replace
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
4b95cf5c 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
4b95cf5c 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
4b95cf5c 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 241 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
242 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
243 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
244@c
245@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 246@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
247@ifset AARCH64
248
249@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
250 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 251 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 252@end ifset
625e1353
RH
253@ifset ALPHA
254
255@emph{Target Alpha options:}
256 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
257 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 258 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
259 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
260 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
261@end ifset
252b5132 262@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
263
264@emph{Target ARC options:}
265 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
266 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
267@end ifset
268@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
269
270@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 271@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
272 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
273 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
274 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
275 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 276 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 277 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
279 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
280 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 281 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 282@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
283@ifset Blackfin
284
285@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
286 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
287 [@b{-mfdpic}]
288 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
289 [@b{-mnopic}]
290@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
291@ifset CRIS
292
293@emph{Target CRIS options:}
294 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
295 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
296 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 297 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
298@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
299@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
300@end ifset
252b5132 301@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
302
303@emph{Target D10V options:}
304 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
305@end ifset
306@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
307
308@emph{Target D30V options:}
309 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 310@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
311@ifset EPIPHANY
312
313@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
314 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
315@end ifset
252b5132 316@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
317
318@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
319 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset HPPA
322@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
323@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
324@ifset I80386
325
326@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 327 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 328 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
329@end ifset
330@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
331
332@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 333@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
334 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
335 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
336 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 339
9e32ca89
NC
340@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
341 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
342 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
343 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 344 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 345 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 346 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
347 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
348@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
349@ifset IP2K
350
351@emph{Target IP2K options:}
352 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
353@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
354@ifset M32C
355
356@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 357 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 358@end ifset
587fe2b3 359@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 360
a4fb0134
SC
361@emph{Target M32R options:}
362 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 363 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
368 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 369@end ifset
60bcf0fa 370@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 373 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
374 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
375 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 376 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
377 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
378 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
379@end ifset
380@ifset MCORE
381
382@emph{Target MCORE options:}
383 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
384 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 385@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
386@ifset METAG
387
388@emph{Target Meta options:}
389 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
390@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
391@ifset MICROBLAZE
392@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
393@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
394@end ifset
252b5132 395@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
396
397@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 398 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 399 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 400 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
401 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
402 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 403 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 404 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5 405 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 406 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 407 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 409 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 410 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 411 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 412 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 413 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 414 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 415 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
ef2e4d86 416 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 417 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 418 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 419 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 420 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
421 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
422 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 423 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 424 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
425@end ifset
426@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
427
428@emph{Target MMIX options:}
429 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
430 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
431 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 432 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 433@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
434@ifset NIOSII
435
436@emph{Target Nios II options:}
437 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
438 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
439@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
440@ifset NDS32
441
442@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
443 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
444 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
445 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
446 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
447 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
448 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
449 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
450 [@b{-mb2bb}]
451@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
452@ifset PDP11
453
454@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
455 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
456 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 457 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
458@end ifset
459@ifset PJ
460
461@emph{Target picoJava options:}
462 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
463@end ifset
464@ifset PPC
465
466@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
467 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
468 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
469 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 470 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 471 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
472 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
473 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 474 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
475 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
476 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 477 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 478 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 479@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
480@ifset RX
481
482@emph{Target RX options:}
483 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 484 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
485 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
486 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
487 [@b{-mpid}]
488 [@b{-mrelax}]
489 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
490 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 491@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
492@ifset S390
493
494@emph{Target s390 options:}
495 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
496 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
497 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
498@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
499@ifset SCORE
500
501@emph{Target SCORE options:}
502 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
503 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
504 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
505 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
506@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
507@ifset SPARC
508
509@emph{Target SPARC options:}
510@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
511 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
512 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
513 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
514 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
515@end ifset
516@ifset TIC54X
517
518@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 519 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
520 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
521@end ifset
3c9b82ba 522
40b36596
JM
523@ifset TIC6X
524
525@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
526 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
527 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
528 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 529@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
530@ifset TILEGX
531
532@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 533 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
534@end ifset
535@ifset TILEPRO
536@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
537@end ifset
40b36596 538
2d8b84ae
SA
539@ifset XTENSA
540
541@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
542 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
543 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
544 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
545 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 546 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae
SA
547@end ifset
548
3c9b82ba
NC
549@ifset Z80
550
551@emph{Target Z80 options:}
552 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
553 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
554 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
555 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
556 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
557 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
558 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
559@end ifset
560
a4fb0134
SC
561@ifset Z8000
562@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 563@end ifset
e0001a05 564
0285c67d 565@c man end
252b5132
RH
566@end smallexample
567
0285c67d
NC
568@c man begin OPTIONS
569
a4fb0134 570@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 571@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 572
83f10cb2 573@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
574Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
575
a4fb0134 576@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
577@item -ac
578omit false conditionals
579
580@item -ad
581omit debugging directives
582
83f10cb2
NC
583@item -ag
584include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
585
252b5132
RH
586@item -ah
587include high-level source
588
589@item -al
590include assembly
591
592@item -am
593include macro expansions
594
595@item -an
596omit forms processing
597
598@item -as
599include symbols
600
601@item =file
602set the name of the listing file
603@end table
604
605You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
606listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
607the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
608
caa32fe5 609@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
610Begin in alternate macro mode.
611@ifclear man
612@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
613@end ifclear
caa32fe5 614
955974c6
CC
615@item --compress-debug-sections
616Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
617to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
618compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
619
620@item --nocompress-debug-sections
621Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
622
252b5132
RH
623@item -D
624Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
625other assemblers.
626
3d6b762c
JM
627@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
628When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
629information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
630
252b5132
RH
631@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
632Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
633@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
634indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
635value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
636use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
637
638@item -f
639``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
640compiler output).
641
329e276d
NC
642@item -g
643@itemx --gen-debug
644Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
645debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
646ECOFF or DWARF2.
647
252b5132
RH
648@item --gstabs
649Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
650may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
651
05da4302
NC
652@item --gstabs+
653Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
654extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
655debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
656may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
657the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
658
329e276d 659@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 660Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 661may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 662option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 663
b40bf0a2
NC
664@item --gdwarf-sections
665Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
666.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
667corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
668will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
669@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
670then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
671suffix.
672
21be61f5
L
673@item --size-check=error
674@itemx --size-check=warning
675Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
676
252b5132
RH
677@item --help
678Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
679
ea20a7da
CC
680@item --target-help
681Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
682
252b5132
RH
683@item -I @var{dir}
684Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
685
686@item -J
687Don't warn about signed overflow.
688
689@item -K
690@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
691This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
692@end ifclear
693@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
694Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
695@end ifset
696
697@item -L
698@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
699Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
700system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
701or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
702@ifclear man
703@xref{Symbol Names}.
704@end ifclear
252b5132 705
c3a27914
NC
706@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
707Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
708listing to @var{number}.
709
710@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
711Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
712lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
713
714@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
715Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
716@var{number} bytes.
717
718@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
719Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
720to @var{number} + 1.
721
252b5132 722@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 723Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
724
725@item -R
726Fold the data section into the text section.
727
4bdd3565
NC
728@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
729Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
730@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
731assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
732memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
733requirements at the expense of speed.
734
735@item --reduce-memory-overheads
736This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
737assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
738@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
739
252b5132
RH
740@item --statistics
741Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
742assembly.
743
744@item --strip-local-absolute
745Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
746
747@item -v
748@itemx -version
a4fb0134 749Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
750
751@item --version
a4fb0134 752Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
753
754@item -W
2bdd6cf5 755@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
756Suppress warning messages.
757
2bdd6cf5
GK
758@item --fatal-warnings
759Treat warnings as errors.
760
761@item --warn
762Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
763
252b5132
RH
764@item -w
765Ignored.
766
767@item -x
768Ignored.
769
770@item -Z
771Generate an object file even after errors.
772
773@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
774Standard input, or source files to assemble.
775
776@end table
2a633939
JM
777@c man end
778
a06ea964
NC
779@ifset AARCH64
780
781@ifclear man
782@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
783for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
784@end ifclear
785
786@ifset man
787@c man begin OPTIONS
788The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
78964-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
790@c man end
791@c man begin INCLUDE
792@include c-aarch64.texi
793@c ended inside the included file
794@end ifset
795
796@end ifset
797
2a633939
JM
798@ifset ALPHA
799
800@ifclear man
801@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
802for an Alpha processor.
803@end ifclear
804
805@ifset man
806@c man begin OPTIONS
807The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
808processor.
809@c man end
810@c man begin INCLUDE
811@include c-alpha.texi
812@c ended inside the included file
813@end ifset
814
815@end ifset
252b5132 816
2a633939 817@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
818@ifset ARC
819The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
820an ARC processor.
821
a4fb0134 822@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
823@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
824This option selects the core processor variant.
825@item -EB | -EL
826Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
827@end table
828@end ifset
829
830@ifset ARM
831The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
832processor family.
833
a4fb0134 834@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 835@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 836Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 837@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 838Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 839@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 840Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
841@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
842Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
843@item -mthumb
844Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 845@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
846Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
847@item -EB | -EL
848Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
849@item -mthumb-interwork
850Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
851ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
852@item -mccs
853Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
854@item -k
855Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
856@end table
857@end ifset
635fb38d 858@c man end
252b5132 859
9982501a 860@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
861
862@ifclear man
863@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
864configured for the Blackfin processor family.
865@end ifclear
866
867@ifset man
868@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
869The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
870the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
871@c man end
872@c man begin INCLUDE
873@include c-bfin.texi
874@c ended inside the included file
875@end ifset
9982501a 876
9982501a
JZ
877@end ifset
878
635fb38d 879@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
880@ifset CRIS
881See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
882@end ifset
883
252b5132
RH
884@ifset D10V
885The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
886a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 887@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
888@cindex D10V optimization
889@cindex optimization, D10V
890@item -O
891Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
892@end table
893@end ifset
894
895@ifset D30V
896The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
897processor.
a4fb0134 898@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
899@cindex D30V optimization
900@cindex optimization, D30V
901@item -O
902Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
903
904@cindex D30V nops
905@item -n
906Warn when nops are generated.
907
908@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
909@item -N
910Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
911@end table
912@end ifset
731caf76
L
913@c man end
914
cfb8c092
NC
915@ifset EPIPHANY
916The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
917Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
918
56b13185
JR
919@ifclear man
920@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
921configured for an Epiphany processor.
922@end ifclear
cfb8c092 923
56b13185
JR
924@ifset man
925@c man begin OPTIONS
926The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
927an Epiphany processor.
928@c man end
929@c man begin INCLUDE
930@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
931@c ended inside the included file
932@end ifset
933
934@end ifset
935
936@ifset H8300
937
938@ifclear man
939@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
940for an H8/300 processor.
941@end ifclear
942
943@ifset man
944@c man begin OPTIONS
945The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
946processor.
947@c man end
948@c man begin INCLUDE
949@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
950@c ended inside the included file
951@end ifset
cfb8c092 952
cfb8c092
NC
953@end ifset
954
731caf76 955@ifset I80386
252b5132 956
731caf76
L
957@ifclear man
958@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
959configured for an i386 processor.
960@end ifclear
961
962@ifset man
963@c man begin OPTIONS
964The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
965an i386 processor.
966@c man end
967@c man begin INCLUDE
968@include c-i386.texi
969@c ended inside the included file
970@end ifset
971
972@end ifset
973
974@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
975@ifset I960
976The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
977Intel 80960 processor.
978
a4fb0134 979@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
980@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
981Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
982
983@item -b
984Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
985
986@item -no-relax
987Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
988error if necessary.
989
990@end table
991@end ifset
992
a40cbfa3
NC
993@ifset IP2K
994The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 995Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
996
997@table @gcctabopt
998
999@item -mip2022ext
1000Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1001
1002@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1003Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1004just the basic IP2022 ones.
1005
1006@end table
1007@end ifset
1008
49f58d10
JB
1009@ifset M32C
1010The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1011Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1012
1013@table @gcctabopt
1014
1015@item -m32c
1016Assemble M32C instructions.
1017
1018@item -m16c
1019Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1020
c54b5932
DD
1021@item -relax
1022Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1023
1024@item -h-tick-hex
1025Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1026
49f58d10
JB
1027@end table
1028@end ifset
1029
ec694b89
NC
1030@ifset M32R
1031The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1032Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1033
a4fb0134 1034@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1035
1036@item --m32rx
1037Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1038is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1039
1040@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1041Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1042encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1043
1044@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1045Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1046encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1047
1048@end table
1049@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1050
1051@ifset M680X0
1052The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1053Motorola 68000 series.
1054
a4fb0134 1055@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1056
1057@item -l
1058Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1059
0285c67d
NC
1060@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1061@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1062@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1063Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1064is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1065
1066@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1067The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1068The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1069the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1070two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1071coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1072
1073@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1074The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1075unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1076
1077@end table
1078@end ifset
1079
36591ba1
SL
1080@ifset NIOSII
1081
1082@ifclear man
1083@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1084for an Altera Nios II processor.
1085@end ifclear
1086
1087@ifset man
1088@c man begin OPTIONS
1089The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1090Altera Nios II processor.
1091@c man end
1092@c man begin INCLUDE
1093@include c-nios2.texi
1094@c ended inside the included file
1095@end ifset
1096@end ifset
1097
e135f41b
NC
1098@ifset PDP11
1099
1100For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1101see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1102
a4fb0134 1103@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1104@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1105Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1106default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1107
1108@item -mall
1109@itemx -mall-extensions
1110Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1111
1112@item -mno-extensions
1113Disable all instruction set extensions.
1114
1115@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1116Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1117
1118@item -m@var{cpu}
1119Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1120disable all other extensions.
1121
1122@item -m@var{machine}
1123Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1124model, and disable all other extensions.
1125@end table
1126
1127@end ifset
1128
041dd5a9
ILT
1129@ifset PJ
1130The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1131a picoJava processor.
1132
a4fb0134 1133@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1134
1135@cindex PJ endianness
1136@cindex endianness, PJ
1137@cindex big endian output, PJ
1138@item -mb
1139Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1140
1141@cindex little endian output, PJ
1142@item -ml
1143Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1144
1145@end table
1146@end ifset
1147
60bcf0fa
NC
1148@ifset M68HC11
1149The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1150Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1151
a4fb0134 1152@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1153
6927f982 1154@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1155Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1156defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1157
6927f982
NC
1158@item --xgate-ramoffset
1159Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1160XGATE address space.
1161
2f904664
SC
1162@item -mshort
1163Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1164
1165@item -mlong
01642c12 1166Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1167
1168@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1169Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1170
1171@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1172Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1173
1370e33d 1174@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1175Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1176conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1177sub routine.
1178
1370e33d
NC
1179@item -S | --short-branches
1180Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1181when the offset is out of range.
1182
1183@item --strict-direct-mode
1184Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1185when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1186
1187@item --print-insn-syntax
1188Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1189
1190@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1191Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1192
1193@item --generate-example
6927f982 1194Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1195This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1196
1197@end table
1198@end ifset
1199
252b5132 1200@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1201The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1202for the SPARC architecture:
1203
a4fb0134 1204@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1205@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1206@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1207Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1208
1209@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1210@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1211
1212@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1213UltraSPARC extensions.
1214
1215@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1216For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1217equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1218
1219@item -bump
1220Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1221@end table
1222@end ifset
1223
39bec121
TW
1224@ifset TIC54X
1225The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1226architecture.
39bec121 1227
a4fb0134 1228@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1229@item -mfar-mode
1230Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1231extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1232@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1233Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1234@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1235Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1236behaviour in the shell.
1237@end table
1238@end ifset
1239
252b5132
RH
1240@ifset MIPS
1241The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1242a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1243
a4fb0134 1244@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1245@item -G @var{num}
1246This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1247implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1248use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1249
1250@cindex MIPS endianness
1251@cindex endianness, MIPS
1252@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1253@item -EB
1254Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1255
1256@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1257@item -EL
1258Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1259
1260@cindex MIPS ISA
1261@item -mips1
1262@itemx -mips2
1263@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1264@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1265@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1266@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1267@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1268@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1269@itemx -mips64r2
98508b2a 1270Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1271@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1272alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1273@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13 1274@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
81566a9b
MR
1275@samp{-mips64r2} correspond to generic MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2,
1276MIPS64, and MIPS64 Release 2 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1277
98508b2a
RS
1278@item -march=@var{cpu}
1279Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1280
1281@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1282Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1283
1284@item -mfix7000
1285@itemx -mno-fix7000
1286Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1287of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1288
a8d14a88
CM
1289@item -mfix-rm7000
1290@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1291Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1292followed by a load instruction.
1293
ecb4347a
DJ
1294@item -mdebug
1295@itemx -no-mdebug
1296Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1297section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1298
dcd410fe
RO
1299@item -mpdr
1300@itemx -mno-pdr
1301Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1302
437ee9d5
TS
1303@item -mgp32
1304@itemx -mfp32
1305The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1306flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1307all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1308and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1309
1310@item -mips16
1311@itemx -no-mips16
1312Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1313@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1314turns off this option.
252b5132 1315
df58fc94
RS
1316@item -mmicromips
1317@itemx -mno-micromips
1318Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1319@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1320turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1321at the start of the assembly file.
1322
e16bfa71
TS
1323@item -msmartmips
1324@itemx -mno-smartmips
1325Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1326equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1327@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1328
1f25f5d3
CD
1329@item -mips3d
1330@itemx -no-mips3d
1331Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1332This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1333@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1334
deec1734
CD
1335@item -mdmx
1336@itemx -no-mdmx
1337Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1338This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1339@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1340
2ef2b9ae
CF
1341@item -mdsp
1342@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1343Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1344This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1345@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1346
8b082fb1
TS
1347@item -mdspr2
1348@itemx -mno-dspr2
1349Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1350This option implies -mdsp.
1351This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1352@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1353
56d438b1
CF
1354@item -mmsa
1355@itemx -mno-msa
1356Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1357This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1358@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1359
ef2e4d86
CF
1360@item -mmt
1361@itemx -mno-mt
1362Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1363This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1364@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1365
dec0624d
MR
1366@item -mmcu
1367@itemx -mno-mcu
1368Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1369This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1370@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1371
833794fc
MR
1372@item -minsn32
1373@itemx -mno-insn32
1374Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1375microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1376instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1377the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1378option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1379start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1380selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1381
437ee9d5
TS
1382@item --construct-floats
1383@itemx --no-construct-floats
1384The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1385double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1386value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1387the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1388selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1389
3bf0dbfb
MR
1390@item --relax-branch
1391@itemx --no-relax-branch
1392The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1393branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1394out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1395
ba92f887
MR
1396@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1397Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1398(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1399
252b5132
RH
1400@cindex emulation
1401@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1402This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1403on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1404removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1405It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1406
1407The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1408@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1409is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1410big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1411preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1412
1413@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1414@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1415the native tools.
1416
252b5132
RH
1417@item --trap
1418@itemx --no-trap
1419@itemx --break
1420@itemx --no-break
1421Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1422@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1423(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1424@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1425break exception.
63486801
L
1426
1427@item -n
a4fb0134 1428When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1429time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1430@end table
1431@end ifset
1432
1433@ifset MCORE
1434The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1435an MCore processor.
1436
a4fb0134 1437@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1438@item -jsri2bsr
1439@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1440Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1441The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1442
1443@item -sifilter
1444@itemx -nosifilter
1445Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1446The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1447
1448@item -relax
1449Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1450
ec694b89
NC
1451@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1452Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1453can be assembled.
1454
1455@item -EB
1456Assemble for a big endian target.
1457
1458@item -EL
1459Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1460
1461@end table
1462@end ifset
a3c62988 1463@c man end
252b5132 1464
a3c62988
NC
1465@ifset METAG
1466
1467@ifclear man
1468@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1469for a Meta processor.
1470@end ifclear
1471
1472@ifset man
1473@c man begin OPTIONS
1474The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1475Meta processor.
1476@c man end
1477@c man begin INCLUDE
1478@include c-metag.texi
1479@c ended inside the included file
1480@end ifset
1481
1482@end ifset
1483
1484@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1485@ifset MMIX
1486See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1487@end ifset
1488
35c08157
KLC
1489@ifset NDS32
1490
1491@ifclear man
1492@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1493for a NDS32 processor.
1494@end ifclear
1495@c ended inside the included file
1496@end ifset
1497
1498@ifset man
1499@c man begin OPTIONS
1500The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1501NDS32 processor.
1502@c man end
1503@c man begin INCLUDE
1504@include c-nds32.texi
1505@c ended inside the included file
1506@end ifset
1507
635fb38d 1508@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1509@ifset PPC
1510
1511@ifclear man
1512@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1513for a PowerPC processor.
1514@end ifclear
1515
1516@ifset man
1517@c man begin OPTIONS
1518The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1519PowerPC processor.
1520@c man end
1521@c man begin INCLUDE
1522@include c-ppc.texi
1523@c ended inside the included file
1524@end ifset
1525
1526@end ifset
1527
635fb38d 1528@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1529@ifset RX
1530See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1531@end ifset
1532
11c19e16
MS
1533@ifset S390
1534The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1535processor family.
1536
1537@table @gcctabopt
1538@item -m31
1539@itemx -m64
1540Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1541@item -mesa
1542@item -mzarch
1543Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1544Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1545@item -march=@var{processor}
1546Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779
AK
1547@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1548@samp{z196}, or @samp{zEC12}.
11c19e16
MS
1549@item -mregnames
1550@itemx -mno-regnames
1551Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1552@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1553Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1554but evaluates to zero.
1555@end table
1556@end ifset
2a633939 1557@c man end
11c19e16 1558
40b36596 1559@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1560
1561@ifclear man
1562@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1563for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1564@end ifclear
1565
1566@ifset man
1567@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1568The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1569TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1570@c man end
1571@c man begin INCLUDE
1572@include c-tic6x.texi
1573@c ended inside the included file
1574@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1575
1576@end ifset
1577
aa137e4d
NC
1578@ifset TILEGX
1579
1580@ifclear man
1581@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1582for a TILE-Gx processor.
1583@end ifclear
1584
1585@ifset man
1586@c man begin OPTIONS
1587The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1588processor.
1589@c man end
1590@c man begin INCLUDE
1591@include c-tilegx.texi
1592@c ended inside the included file
1593@end ifset
1594
1595@end ifset
1596
e0001a05 1597@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1598
2d8b84ae
SA
1599@ifclear man
1600@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1601for an Xtensa processor.
1602@end ifclear
1603
1604@ifset man
1605@c man begin OPTIONS
1606The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1607Xtensa processor.
1608@c man end
1609@c man begin INCLUDE
1610@include c-xtensa.texi
1611@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1612@end ifset
1613
2d8b84ae
SA
1614@end ifset
1615
1616@c man begin OPTIONS
1617
3c9b82ba
NC
1618@ifset Z80
1619The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1620a Z80 family processor.
1621@table @gcctabopt
1622@item -z80
1623Assemble for Z80 processor.
1624@item -r800
1625Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1626@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1627@itemx -Wnud
1628Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1629@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1630@itemx -Wnup
1631Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1632@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1633@itemx -Wud
1634Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1635@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1636@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1637Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1638@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1639@itemx -Fud
1640Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1641@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1642@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1643Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1644@end table
1645@end ifset
1646
0285c67d
NC
1647@c man end
1648
252b5132
RH
1649@menu
1650* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1651* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1652* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1653* Command Line:: Command Line
1654* Input Files:: Input Files
1655* Object:: Output (Object) File
1656* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1657@end menu
1658
1659@node Manual
1660@section Structure of this Manual
1661
1662@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1663This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1664@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1665notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1666@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1667
1668@ifclear GENERIC
1669We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1670configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1671@end ifclear
1672@ifset GENERIC
1673This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1674various flavors of the assembler.
1675@end ifset
1676
1677@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1678On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1679to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1680In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1681architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1682mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1683particular architecture.
1684@ifset GENERIC
1685You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1686machine architecture manual for this information.
1687@end ifset
1688@ifclear GENERIC
1689@ifset H8/300
1690For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1691Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1692Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1693@end ifset
252b5132 1694@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1695For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1696see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1697@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1698@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1699@end ifset
1700@ifset Z8000
1701For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1702@end ifset
1703@end ifclear
1704
1705@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1706@ignore
1707Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1708the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1709Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1710computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1711once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1712qualification.
1713
a4fb0134 1714@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1715human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1716computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1717@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1718@end ignore
1719
1720@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1721@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1722@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1723@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1724@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1725@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1726@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1727@c directives).
1728
1729@node GNU Assembler
1730@section The GNU Assembler
1731
0285c67d
NC
1732@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1733
a4fb0134 1734@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1735@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1736This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1737configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1738@end ifclear
1739If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1740should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1741architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1742including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1743@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1744
1745@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1746@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1747@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1748@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1749assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1750machine would assemble.
1751@ifset VAX
1752Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1753@end ifset
1754@ifset M680X0
1755@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1756@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1757This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1758assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1759incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1760@end ifset
1761
0285c67d
NC
1762@c man end
1763
a4fb0134 1764Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1765program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1766@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1767
1768@node Object Formats
1769@section Object File Formats
1770
1771@cindex object file format
1772The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1773object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1774write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1775are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1776Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1777@ifclear GENERIC
1778@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1779For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1780@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1781@end ifclear
1782@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1783@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1784On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1785@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1786@end ifset
1787@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1788On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1789SOM or ELF format object files.
1790@end ifset
1791@end ifclear
1792
1793@node Command Line
1794@section Command Line
1795
1796@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1797
a4fb0134 1798After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1799options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1800before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1801significant.
1802
1803@cindex standard input, as input file
1804@kindex --
1805@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1806explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1807
1808@cindex options, command line
1809Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1810hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1811@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1812option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1813the letter is important. All options are optional.
1814
1815Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1816name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1817with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1818standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1819
1820@smallexample
1821@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1822@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1823@end smallexample
1824
1825@node Input Files
1826@section Input Files
1827
1828@cindex input
1829@cindex source program
1830@cindex files, input
1831We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1832describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1833be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1834doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1835
1836@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1837@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1838The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1839order specified.
1840
0285c67d 1841@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1842Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1843program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1844(The standard input is also a file.)
1845
a4fb0134 1846You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1847names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1848command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1849is taken to be an input file name.
1850
a4fb0134
SC
1851If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1852from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1853may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1854to assemble.
1855
1856Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1857in your command line.
1858
a4fb0134 1859If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1860file.
1861
0285c67d
NC
1862@c man end
1863
252b5132
RH
1864@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1865
1866@cindex input file linenumbers
1867@cindex line numbers, in input files
1868There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1869either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1870number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1871``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1872
1873@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1874to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1875
1876@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1877directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1878error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1879is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1880@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1881@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1882
1883@node Object
1884@section Output (Object) File
1885
1886@cindex object file
1887@cindex output file
1888@kindex a.out
1889@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1890Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1891your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1892is the object file. Its default name is
1893@ifclear BOUT
1894@code{a.out}.
1895@end ifclear
1896@ifset BOUT
1897@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1898@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1899@end ifset
a4fb0134 1900@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1901@end ifset
a4fb0134 1902You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1903object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1904reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1905directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1906possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1907
1908@cindex linker
1909@kindex ld
1910The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1911assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1912the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1913information for the debugger.
1914
1915@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1916@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1917
1918@node Errors
1919@section Error and Warning Messages
1920
0285c67d
NC
1921@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1922
a349d9dd 1923@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1924@cindex warning messages
1925@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1926@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1927file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1928runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1929that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1930grave problem that stops the assembly.
1931
0285c67d
NC
1932@c man end
1933
252b5132
RH
1934@cindex format of warning messages
1935Warning messages have the format
1936
1937@smallexample
1938file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1939@end smallexample
1940
1941@noindent
1942@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1943(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1944(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1945the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1946@ifset GENERIC
1947(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1948@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1949then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1950otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1951message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1952tradition).
1953
1954@cindex format of error messages
1955Error messages have the format
1956@smallexample
1957file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1958@end smallexample
1959The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1960messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1961because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1962
1963@node Invoking
1964@chapter Command-Line Options
1965
1966@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1967This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1968versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1969for options specific
252b5132 1970@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1971to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1972@end ifclear
1973@ifset GENERIC
1974to particular machine architectures.
1975@end ifset
1976
0285c67d
NC
1977@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1978
c1253627 1979If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1980you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1981The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1982by commas. For example:
1983
1984@smallexample
1985gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1986@end smallexample
1987
1988@noindent
1989This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1990standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1991local symbols in the symbol table).
1992
1993Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1994command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1995(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1996precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1997assembler.)
1998
0285c67d
NC
1999@c man end
2000
252b5132 2001@menu
83f10cb2 2002* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2003* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2004* D:: -D for compatibility
2005* f:: -f to work faster
2006* I:: -I for .include search path
2007@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2008* K:: -K for compatibility
2009@end ifclear
2010@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2011* K:: -K for difference tables
2012@end ifset
2013
ba83aca1 2014* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2015* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2016* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2017* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2018* o:: -o to name the object file
2019* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2020* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2021* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2022* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2023* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2024* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2025@end menu
2026
2027@node a
83f10cb2 2028@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2029
2030@kindex -a
2031@kindex -ac
2032@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2033@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2034@kindex -ah
2035@kindex -al
2036@kindex -an
2037@kindex -as
2038@cindex listings, enabling
2039@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2040
2041These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2042@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2043You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2044@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2045@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2046@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2047High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2048@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2049also.
2050
83f10cb2
NC
2051Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2052information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2053
252b5132
RH
2054Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2055which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2056other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2057omitted from the listing.
2058
2059Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2060listing.
2061
2062Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2063listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2064@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2065@code{.sbttl}.
2066The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2067If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2068listing-control directives have no effect.
2069
2070The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2071@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2072
96e9638b
BW
2073Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2074because it
c3a27914
NC
2075is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2076is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2077directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2078stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2079memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2080
caa32fe5
NC
2081@node alternate
2082@section @option{--alternate}
2083
2084@kindex --alternate
2085Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2086
252b5132 2087@node D
a4fb0134 2088@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2089
2090@kindex -D
2091This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2092likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2093@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2094
2095@node f
a4fb0134 2096@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2097
2098@kindex -f
2099@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2100@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2101@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2102(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2103and comment preprocessing on
2104the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2105,Preprocessing}.
2106
2107@quotation
2108@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2109preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2110not work correctly.
2111@end quotation
2112
2113@node I
c1253627 2114@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2115
2116@kindex -I @var{path}
2117@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2118@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2119@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2120Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2121@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2122directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2123many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2124working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2125searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2126specified (left to right) on the command line.
2127
2128@node K
a4fb0134 2129@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2130
2131@kindex -K
2132@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2133On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2134permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2135where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2136generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2137family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2138alteration on other platforms.
2139@end ifclear
2140
2141@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2142@cindex difference tables, warning
2143@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2144@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2145form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2146You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2147is done.
2148@end ifset
2149
2150@node L
ba83aca1 2151@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2152
2153@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2154@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2155Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2156@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2157called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2158such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2159programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2160notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2161such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2162
2163This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2164in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2165@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2166
c3a27914 2167@node listing
a4fb0134 2168@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2169
2170The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2171@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2172hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2173them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2174directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2175@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2176@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2177@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2178
a4fb0134 2179@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2180@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2181@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2182@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2183Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2184dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2185
2186@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2187@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2188@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2189Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2190a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2191the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2192switch is used the default is to one.
2193
2194@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2195@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2196@cindex Width of source line output
2197Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2198alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2199source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2200
2201@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2202@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2203@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2204Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2205displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2206@end table
2207
252b5132 2208@node M
a4fb0134 2209@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2210
2211@kindex -M
2212@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2213The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2214changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2215compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2216configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2217MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2218information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2219arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2220assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2221
2222The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2223depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2224file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2225individually. These are:
2226
2227@itemize @bullet
2228@item global symbols in common section
2229
2230The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2231Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2232common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2233symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2234symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2235
2236@item complex relocations
2237
2238The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2239relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2240are not support by other object file formats.
2241
2242@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2243
2244The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2245This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2246instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2247script.
2248
2249@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2250
2251The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2252name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2253
2254@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2255
2256The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2257address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2258which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2259not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2260assigned within a linker script.
2261@end itemize
2262
2263There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2264@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2265seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2266
2267@itemize @bullet
2268
2269@item EBCDIC strings
2270
2271EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2272
2273@item packed binary coded decimal
2274
2275Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2276and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2277
2278@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2279
2280The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2281
2282@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2283
2284The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2285
2286@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2287
2288The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2289@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2290relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2291these options serve no purpose.
2292
2293@item @code{OPT} list control options
2294
2295The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2296@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2297@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2298
2299@item other @code{OPT} options
2300
2301The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2302@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2303
2304@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2305
2306The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2307@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2308
2309@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2310
2311The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2312
2313@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2314
2315The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2316
2317@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2318
2319The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2320
2321@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2322
2323The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2324
2325@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2326
2327The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2328
2329@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2330
2331The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2332
2333@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2334
2335The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2336
2337@end itemize
2338
2339@node MD
c1253627 2340@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2341
2342@kindex --MD
2343@cindex dependency tracking
2344@cindex make rules
2345
a4fb0134 2346@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2347file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2348dependencies of the main source file.
2349
2350The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2351
2352This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2353
2354@node o
a4fb0134 2355@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2356
2357@kindex -o
2358@cindex naming object file
2359@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2360There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2361default it has the name
2362@ifset GENERIC
2363@ifset I960
2364@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2365@end ifset
2366@ifclear I960
2367@file{a.out}.
2368@end ifclear
2369@end ifset
2370@ifclear GENERIC
2371@ifset I960
2372@file{b.out}.
2373@end ifset
2374@ifclear I960
2375@file{a.out}.
2376@end ifclear
2377@end ifclear
2378You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2379object file a different name.
2380
a4fb0134 2381Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2382existing file of the same name.
2383
2384@node R
a4fb0134 2385@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2386
2387@kindex -R
2388@cindex data and text sections, joining
2389@cindex text and data sections, joining
2390@cindex joining text and data sections
2391@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2392@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2393data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2394the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2395section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2396your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2397appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2398
a4fb0134 2399When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2400address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2401data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2402older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2403
c1253627
NC
2404@ifset COFF-ELF
2405When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2406this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2407@samp{.data}.
2408@end ifset
2409
2410@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2411@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2412@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2413@end ifset
2414
2415@node statistics
a4fb0134 2416@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2417
2418@kindex --statistics
2419@cindex statistics, about assembly
2420@cindex time, total for assembly
2421@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2422Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2423@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2424(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2425seconds).
2426
2427@node traditional-format
c1253627 2428@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2429
2430@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2431For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2432from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2433@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2434
2435For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2436@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2437
2438@node v
a4fb0134 2439@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2440
2441@kindex -v
2442@kindex -version
2443@cindex assembler version
2444@cindex version of assembler
2445You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2446option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2447command line.
2448
2449@node W
a4fb0134 2450@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2451
a4fb0134 2452@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2453assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2454cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2455made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2456
c1253627
NC
2457@kindex -W
2458@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2459@cindex suppressing warnings
2460@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2461If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2462This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2463how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2464are still reported.
2465
c1253627 2466@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2467@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2468@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2469If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2470files that generate warnings to be in error.
2471
c1253627 2472@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2473@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2474You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2475causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2476
2477@node Z
a4fb0134 2478@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2479@cindex object file, after errors
2480@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2481After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2482some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2483@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2484option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2485writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2486errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2487
2488@node Syntax
2489@chapter Syntax
2490
2491@cindex machine-independent syntax
2492@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2493This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2494source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2495assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2496@ifclear VAX
2497assembler.
2498@end ifclear
2499@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2500assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2501@end ifset
2502
2503@menu
7c31ae13 2504* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2505* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2506* Comments:: Comments
2507* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2508* Statements:: Statements
2509* Constants:: Constants
2510@end menu
2511
2512@node Preprocessing
2513@section Preprocessing
2514
2515@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2516The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2517@itemize @bullet
2518@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2519@item
2520adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2521the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2522a single space.
2523
2524@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2525@item
2526removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2527appropriate number of newlines.
2528
2529@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2530@item
2531converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2532@end itemize
2533
2534It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2535anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2536do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2537(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2538to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2539@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2540Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2541
2542Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2543cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2544preprocessed.
2545
2546@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2547@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2548@kindex #NO_APP
2549@kindex #APP
2550If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2551@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2552Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2553specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2554text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2555@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2556@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2557and whitespace.
2558
2559@node Whitespace
2560@section Whitespace
2561
2562@cindex whitespace
2563@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2564Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2565people to read. Unless within character constants
2566(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2567as exactly one space.
2568
2569@node Comments
2570@section Comments
2571
2572@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2573There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2574cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2575
2576Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2577This means you may not nest these comments.
2578
2579@smallexample
2580/*
2581 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2582 is to use this sort of comment.
2583*/
2584
2585/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2586@end smallexample
2587
2588@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2589Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2590considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2591specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2592line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2593line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2594comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2595upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2596@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2597
2598If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2599special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2600to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2601
2602@kindex #
2603@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2604@cindex logical line numbers
2605To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2606special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2607expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2608line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2609new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2610
2611If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2612the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2613
2614@smallexample
2615 # This is an ordinary comment.
2616# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2617 # This is logical line # 36.
2618@end smallexample
2619This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2620of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2621
2622@node Symbol Intro
2623@section Symbols
2624
2625@cindex characters used in symbols
2626@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2627A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2628letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2629@samp{_.$}.
2630@end ifclear
2631@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2632@ifclear GENERIC
2633@ifset H8
2634A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2635letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2636@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2637symbol names.)
2638@end ifset
2639@end ifclear
2640@end ifset
2641@ifset GENERIC
2642On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2643are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2644@end ifset
2645No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2646There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2647are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2648beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2649of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2650@cindex length of symbols
2651
2652@node Statements
2653@section Statements
2654
2655@cindex statements, structure of
2656@cindex line separator character
2657@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2658
2659A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2660@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2661specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2662target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2663The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2664preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2665exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2666
2667@cindex newline, required at file end
2668@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2669It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2670character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2671
2672An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2673
2674@cindex instructions and directives
2675@cindex directives and instructions
2676@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2677@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2678@c 13feb91.
2679A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2680key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2681symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2682symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2683directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2684a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2685assembles into a machine language instruction.
2686@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2687Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2688recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2689represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2690language.@refill
2691@end ifset
2692
2693@cindex @code{:} (label)
2694@cindex label (@code{:})
2695A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2696Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2697have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2698
2699@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2700For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2701the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2702only one label may be defined on each line.
2703@end ifset
2704
2705@smallexample
2706label: .directive followed by something
2707another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2708 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2709@end smallexample
2710
2711@node Constants
2712@section Constants
2713
2714@cindex constants
2715A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2716inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2717@smallexample
2718@group
2719.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2720.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2721.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2722.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
272395028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2724@end group
2725@end smallexample
2726
2727@menu
2728* Characters:: Character Constants
2729* Numbers:: Number Constants
2730@end menu
2731
2732@node Characters
2733@subsection Character Constants
2734
2735@cindex character constants
2736@cindex constants, character
2737There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2738for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2739numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2740@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2741used in arithmetic expressions.
2742
2743@menu
2744* Strings:: Strings
2745* Chars:: Characters
2746@end menu
2747
2748@node Strings
2749@subsubsection Strings
2750
2751@cindex string constants
2752@cindex constants, string
2753A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2754double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2755into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2756a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2757one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2758@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2759(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2760escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2761
2762@cindex escape codes, character
2763@cindex character escape codes
2764@table @kbd
2765@c @item \a
2766@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2767@c
2768@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2769@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2770@item \b
2771Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2772
2773@c @item \e
2774@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2775@c
2776@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2777@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2778@item \f
2779Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2780
2781@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2782@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2783@item \n
2784Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2785
2786@c @item \p
2787@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2788@c
2789@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2790@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2791@item \r
2792Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2793
2794@c @item \s
2795@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2796@c other assemblers.
2797@c
2798@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2799@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2800@item \t
2801Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2802
2803@c @item \v
2804@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2805@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2806@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2807@c
2808@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2809@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2810@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2811An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2812For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2813for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2814
2815@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2816@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2817@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2818A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2819lower case @code{x} works.
2820
2821@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2822@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2823@item \\
2824Represents one @samp{\} character.
2825
2826@c @item \'
2827@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2828@c This is needed in single character literals
2829@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2830@c a @samp{'}.
2831@c
2832@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2833@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2834@item \"
2835Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2836this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2837
2838@item \ @var{anything-else}
2839Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2840assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2841you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2842interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2843other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2844code and warns you of the fact.
2845@end table
2846
2847Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2848varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2849the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2850compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2851sequence.
2852
2853@node Chars
2854@subsubsection Characters
2855
2856@cindex single character constant
2857@cindex character, single
2858@cindex constant, single character
2859A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2860followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2861to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2862must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2863@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2864grave accent. A newline
2865@ifclear GENERIC
2866@ifclear abnormal-separator
2867(or semicolon @samp{;})
2868@end ifclear
2869@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2870@ifset H8
2871(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2872Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2873@end ifset
2874@end ifset
2875@end ifclear
2876immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2877and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2878constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2879that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2880@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2881
2882@node Numbers
2883@subsection Number Constants
2884
2885@cindex constants, number
2886@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2887@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2888are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2889would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2890integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2891are floating point numbers, described below.
2892
2893@menu
2894* Integers:: Integers
2895* Bignums:: Bignums
2896* Flonums:: Flonums
2897@ifclear GENERIC
2898@ifset I960
2899* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2900@end ifset
2901@end ifclear
2902@end menu
2903
2904@node Integers
2905@subsubsection Integers
2906@cindex integers
2907@cindex constants, integer
2908
2909@cindex binary integers
2910@cindex integers, binary
2911A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2912the binary digits @samp{01}.
2913
2914@cindex octal integers
2915@cindex integers, octal
2916An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2917digits (@samp{01234567}).
2918
2919@cindex decimal integers
2920@cindex integers, decimal
2921A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2922more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2923
2924@cindex hexadecimal integers
2925@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2926A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2927more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2928
2929Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2930the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2931(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2932
2933@node Bignums
2934@subsubsection Bignums
2935
2936@cindex bignums
2937@cindex constants, bignum
2938A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2939except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2940represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2941integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2942
2943@node Flonums
2944@subsubsection Flonums
2945@cindex flonums
2946@cindex floating point numbers
2947@cindex constants, floating point
2948
2949@cindex precision, floating point
2950A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2951indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2952@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2953sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2954to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2955portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2956
2957A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2958@itemize @bullet
2959@item
2960The digit @samp{0}.
2961@ifset HPPA
2962(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2963@end ifset
2964
2965@item
a4fb0134 2966A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2967@ifset GENERIC
2968@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2969@ignore
2970@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2971(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
29724.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2973@end ignore
2974
7be1c489 2975On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2976and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2977one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2978
2979On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2980(in upper or lower case).
2981
2982On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2983one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2984
2985On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2986@end ifset
2987@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2988@ifset ARC
2989One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2990@end ifset
2991@ifset H8
2992One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2993@end ifset
2994@ifset HPPA
2995The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2996@end ifset
2997@ifset I960
2998One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2999@end ifset
3000@end ifclear
3001
3002@item
3003An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3004
3005@item
3006An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3007
3008@item
3009An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3010or more decimal digits.
3011
3012@item
3013An optional exponent, consisting of:
3014
3015@itemize @bullet
3016@item
3017An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3018@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3019@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3020@item
3021Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3022@item
3023One or more decimal digits.
3024@end itemize
3025
3026@end itemize
3027
3028At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3029present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3030
a4fb0134 3031@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3032independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3033@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3034
3035@ifclear GENERIC
3036@ifset I960
3037@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3038@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3039@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3040@node Bit Fields
3041@subsubsection Bit Fields
3042
3043@cindex bit fields
3044@cindex constants, bit field
3045You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3046Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3047@example
3048@var{mask}:@var{value}
3049@end example
3050@noindent
a4fb0134 3051@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3052@var{value}.
3053
3054The resulting number is then packed
3055@ifset GENERIC
3056@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3057(in host-dependent byte order)
3058@end ifset
3059into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3060bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3061requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3062more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3063least significant digits.@refill
3064
3065The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3066@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3067@end ifset
3068@end ifclear
3069
3070@node Sections
3071@chapter Sections and Relocation
3072@cindex sections
3073@cindex relocation
3074
3075@menu
3076* Secs Background:: Background
3077* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3078* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3079* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3080* bss:: bss Section
3081@end menu
3082
3083@node Secs Background
3084@section Background
3085
3086Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3087``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3088For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3089
3090@cindex linker, and assembler
3091@cindex assembler, and linker
3092The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3093combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3094emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3095@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3096different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3097oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3098sections.
3099
3100@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3101addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3102units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3103within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3104run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3105the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3106the proper run-time addresses.
3107@ifset H8
7be1c489 3108For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3109@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3110ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3111@end ifset
3112
3113@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3114An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3115of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3116@dfn{bss} sections.
3117
c1253627 3118@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3119@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3120When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3121@end ifset
a4fb0134 3122@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3123using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3124If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3125or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3126@end ifset
3127
3128@ifset HPPA
3129@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3130When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3131@end ifset
a4fb0134 3132@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3133specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3134@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3135(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3136assembler directives.
3137
3138@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3139Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3140text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3141is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3142BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3143@end ifset
3144@end ifset
3145
3146Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3147data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3148
3149@ifset HPPA
3150When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3151section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3152@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3153@end ifset
3154
3155To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3156relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3157object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3158@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3159file is mentioned:
3160@itemize @bullet
3161@item
3162Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3163an address?
3164@item
3165How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3166@item
3167Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3168@display
3169(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3170@end display
3171@item
3172Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3173@end itemize
3174
3175@cindex addresses, format of
3176@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3177In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3178@display
3179(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3180@end display
3181@noindent
a4fb0134 3182Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3183nature.
3184@ifset SOM
3185(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3186symbol-relative instead.)
3187@end ifset
3188
3189In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3190@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3191
3192Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3193@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3194addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3195@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3196@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3197data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3198their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3199part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3200address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3201
3202The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3203address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3204rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3205Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3206address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3207common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3208time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3209
3210By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3211the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3212sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3213customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3214the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3215data and bss sections.
3216
3217Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3218use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3219
3220@node Ld Sections
3221@section Linker Sections
3222@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3223
3224@table @strong
3225
c1253627 3226@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3227@cindex named sections
3228@cindex sections, named
3229@item named sections
3230@end ifset
3231@ifset aout-bout
3232@cindex text section
3233@cindex data section
3234@itemx text section
3235@itemx data section
3236@end ifset
a4fb0134 3237These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3238separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3239true of another.
3240@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3241When the program is running, however, it is
3242customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3243text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3244instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3245program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3246in the data section.
c1253627 3247@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3248
3249@cindex bss section
3250@item bss section
3251This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3252is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3253each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3254out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3255bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3256those explicit zeros from object files.
3257
3258@cindex absolute section
3259@item absolute section
3260Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3261This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3262not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3263addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3264
3265@cindex undefined section
3266@item undefined section
3267This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3268the preceding sections.
3269@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3270@end table
3271
3272@cindex relocation example
3273An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3274@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3275The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3276@end ifset
3277Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3278
3279@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3280@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3281@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3282@smallexample
3283 +-----+----+--+
3284partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3285 +-----+----+--+
3286
3287 text data bss
3288 seg. seg. seg.
3289
3290 +---+---+---+
3291partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3292 +---+---+---+
3293
3294 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3295linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3296 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3297
3298 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3299@end smallexample
3300@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3301@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3302@need 5000
3303@tex
c1253627 3304\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3305\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3306\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3307\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3308
3309\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3310\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3311\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3312
3313\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3314\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3315\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3316ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3317DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3318
3319\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3320\line{0\dots\hfil}
3321
3322@end tex
3323@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3324
3325@node As Sections
3326@section Assembler Internal Sections
3327
3328@cindex internal assembler sections
3329@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3330These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3331have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3332sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3333warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3334meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3335value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3336section-relative address.
3337
3338@table @b
3339@cindex assembler internal logic error
3340@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3341An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3342bug in the assembler.
3343
3344@cindex expr (internal section)
3345@item expr section
3346The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3347symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3348it in the expr section.
3349@c FIXME item debug
3350@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3351@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3352@c FIXME item register
3353@end table
3354
3355@node Sub-Sections
3356@section Sub-Sections
3357
3358@cindex numbered subsections
3359@cindex grouping data
3360@ifset aout-bout
3361Assembled bytes
c1253627 3362@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3363conventionally
3364@end ifset
3365fall into two sections: text and data.
3366@end ifset
3367You may have separate groups of
3368@ifset GENERIC
3369data in named sections
3370@end ifset
3371@ifclear GENERIC
3372@ifclear aout-bout
3373data in named sections
3374@end ifclear
3375@ifset aout-bout
3376text or data
3377@end ifset
3378@end ifclear
3379that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3380are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3381use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3382numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3383same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3384subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3385section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3386assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3387section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3388constants being output.
3389
3390Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3391goes in subsection number zero.
3392
3393@ifset GENERIC
3394Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3395(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3396of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3397@end ifset
3398@ifclear GENERIC
3399@ifset H8
7be1c489 3400On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3401boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3402The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3403@end ifset
3404@ifset I960
3405@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3406@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3407@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3408@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3409@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3410@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3411@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3412@end ifclear
3413
3414Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3415to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3416The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3417other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3418They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3419data subsections as a data section.
3420
3421To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3422into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3423@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3424@ifset COFF
252b5132 3425@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3426When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3427@end ifset
3428@ifclear GENERIC
3429You
3430@end ifclear
3431can also use an extra subsection
3432argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3433@var{expression}}.
3434@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3435@ifset ELF
3436@ifset GENERIC
3437When generating ELF output, you
3438@end ifset
3439@ifclear GENERIC
3440You
3441@end ifclear
3442can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3443to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3444@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3445@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3446(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3447is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3448begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3449@smallexample
3450.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3451.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3452.text 1
3453.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3454.data 0
3455.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3456.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3457.text 0
3458.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3459.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3460@end smallexample
3461
3462Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3463assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3464restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3465counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3466@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3467current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3468assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3469
3470@node bss
3471@section bss Section
3472
3473@cindex bss section
3474@cindex common variable storage
3475The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3476You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3477not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3478your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3479section are zeroed bytes.
3480
3481The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3482@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3483
3484The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3485another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3486
3487@ifset GENERIC
3488When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3489COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3490see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3491section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3492@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3493@end ifset
3494
3495@node Symbols
3496@chapter Symbols
3497
3498@cindex symbols
3499Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3500things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3501to debug.
3502
3503@quotation
3504@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3505@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3506the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3507@end quotation
3508
3509@menu
3510* Labels:: Labels
3511* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3512* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3513* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3514* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3515@end menu
3516
3517@node Labels
3518@section Labels
3519
3520@cindex labels
3521A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3522@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3523active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3524operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3525different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3526definitions.
3527
3528@ifset HPPA
3529On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3530colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3531a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3532provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3533@end ifset
3534
3535@node Setting Symbols
3536@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3537
3538@cindex assigning values to symbols
3539@cindex symbol values, assigning
3540A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3541by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3542(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3543directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3544equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3545@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3546
f8739b83
JZ
3547@ifset Blackfin
3548Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3549@end ifset
3550
252b5132
RH
3551@node Symbol Names
3552@section Symbol Names
3553
3554@cindex symbol names
3555@cindex names, symbol
3556@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3557Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3558machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3559noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3560string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3561particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3562@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3563@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3564@ifset H8
3565Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3566Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3567character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3568on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3569@end ifset
3570@end ifset
3571
3572Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3573than @code{Foo}.
3574
7bfd842d
NC
3575Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3576multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3577@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3578currently supported.
3579
252b5132
RH
3580Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3581refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3582in a program.
3583
3584@subheading Local Symbol Names
3585
3586@cindex local symbol names
3587@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3588A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3589By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3590@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3591set of local label prefixes.
3592@ifset HPPA
3593On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3594@end ifset
3595
3596Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3597normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3598You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3599@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3600
3601@subheading Local Labels
3602
3603@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3604@cindex temporary symbol names
3605@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3606Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3607They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3608the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3609To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3610represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3611definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3612you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3613@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3614for ``forwards''.
3615
3616There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3617too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3618the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3619defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3620definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3621noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3622implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3623
3624Here is an example:
3625
3626@smallexample
36271: branch 1f
36282: branch 1b
36291: branch 2f
36302: branch 1b
3631@end smallexample
3632
3633Which is the equivalent of:
3634
3635@smallexample
3636label_1: branch label_3
3637label_2: branch label_1
3638label_3: branch label_4
3639label_4: branch label_3
3640@end smallexample
3641
ba83aca1 3642Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3643transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3644The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3645are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3646these parts:
252b5132
RH
3647
3648@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3649@item @emph{local label prefix}
3650All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3651Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3652that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3653used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3654@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3655object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3656you may use them in debugging.
3657
2d5aaba0
NC
3658@item @var{number}
3659This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3660label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3661
2d5aaba0
NC
3662@item @kbd{C-B}
3663This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3664of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3665
3666@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3667This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3668@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3669number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3670the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3671@end table
3672
ba83aca1
BW
3673So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3674the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3675
3676@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3677@cindex dollar local symbols
3678
3679@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3680dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3681soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3682region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3683scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3684the same local label.
3685
3686Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3687except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3688@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3689
3690They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3691names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3692to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3693@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3694
3695@node Dot
3696@section The Special Dot Symbol
3697
3698@cindex dot (symbol)
3699@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3700@cindex current address
3701@cindex location counter
3702The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3703@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3704.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3705Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3706directive.
252b5132 3707@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3708Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3709@samp{.space 4}.
3710@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3711
3712@node Symbol Attributes
3713@section Symbol Attributes
3714
3715@cindex symbol attributes
3716@cindex attributes, symbol
3717Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3718``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3719attributes.
3720@ifset INTERNALS
3721The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3722@end ifset
3723
a4fb0134 3724If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3725all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3726symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3727would want.
3728
3729@menu
3730* Symbol Value:: Value
3731* Symbol Type:: Type
3732@ifset aout-bout
3733@ifset GENERIC
3734* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3735@end ifset
3736@ifclear GENERIC
3737@ifclear BOUT
3738* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3739@end ifclear
3740@ifset BOUT
3741* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3742@end ifset
3743@end ifclear
3744@end ifset
3745@ifset COFF
3746* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3747@end ifset
3748@ifset SOM
3749* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3750@end ifset
3751@end menu
3752
3753@node Symbol Value
3754@subsection Value
3755
3756@cindex value of a symbol
3757@cindex symbol value
3758The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3759location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3760number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3761Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3762as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3763symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3764called absolute.
3765
3766The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
37670 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3768@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3769same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3770name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3771common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3772bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3773allocated storage.
3774
3775@node Symbol Type
3776@subsection Type
3777
3778@cindex type of a symbol
3779@cindex symbol type
3780The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3781information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3782(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3783format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3784
3785@ifset aout-bout
3786@ifclear GENERIC
3787@ifset BOUT
3788@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3789@c better if it were available outside examples.
3790@need 1000
3791@node a.out Symbols
3792@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3793
3794@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3795@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3796These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3797one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3798@code{b.out}.
3799
3800@end ifset
3801@ifclear BOUT
3802@node a.out Symbols
3803@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3804
3805@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3806@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3807
3808@end ifclear
3809@end ifclear
3810@ifset GENERIC
3811@node a.out Symbols
3812@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3813
3814@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3815@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3816
3817@end ifset
3818@menu
3819* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3820* Symbol Other:: Other
3821@end menu
3822
3823@node Symbol Desc
3824@subsubsection Descriptor
3825
3826@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3827This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3828descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3829(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3830@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3831
3832@node Symbol Other
3833@subsubsection Other
3834
3835@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3836This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3837@end ifset
3838
3839@ifset COFF
3840@node COFF Symbols
3841@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3842
3843@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3844@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3845
3846The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3847like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3848@code{.endef} directives.
3849
3850@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3851
3852@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3853The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3854respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3855
3856@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3857
3858@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3859The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3860@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3861table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3862@end ifset
3863
3864@ifset SOM
3865@node SOM Symbols
3866@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3867
3868@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3869@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3870
3871The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3872the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3873
01642c12 3874The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3875Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3876@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3877@end ifset
3878
3879@node Expressions
3880@chapter Expressions
3881
3882@cindex expressions
3883@cindex addresses
3884@cindex numeric values
3885An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3886Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3887
3888The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3889a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3890enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3891section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3892the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3893@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3894
3895@menu
3896* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3897* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3898@end menu
3899
3900@node Empty Exprs
3901@section Empty Expressions
3902
3903@cindex empty expressions
3904@cindex expressions, empty
3905An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3906Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3907expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3908is compatible with other assemblers.
3909
3910@node Integer Exprs
3911@section Integer Expressions
3912
3913@cindex integer expressions
3914@cindex expressions, integer
3915An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3916by @emph{operators}.
3917
3918@menu
3919* Arguments:: Arguments
3920* Operators:: Operators
3921* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3922* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3923@end menu
3924
3925@node Arguments
3926@subsection Arguments
3927
3928@cindex expression arguments
3929@cindex arguments in expressions
3930@cindex operands in expressions
3931@cindex arithmetic operands
3932@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3933contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3934this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3935the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3936expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3937instruction operands.
3938
3939Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3940@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3941or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3942integer.
3943
3944Numbers are usually integers.
3945
3946A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3947that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3948these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3949instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3950assemblers.
3951
3952@cindex subexpressions
3953Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3954expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3955operator followed by an argument.
3956
3957@node Operators
3958@subsection Operators
3959
3960@cindex operators, in expressions
3961@cindex arithmetic functions
3962@cindex functions, in expressions
3963@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3964operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3965between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3966whitespace.
3967
3968@node Prefix Ops
3969@subsection Prefix Operator
3970
3971@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3972@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3973one argument, which must be absolute.
3974
3975@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3976@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3977@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3978@tex
3979\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3980@end tex
3981
3982@table @code
3983@item -
3984@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3985@item ~
3986@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3987@end table
3988
3989@tex
3990\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3991@end tex
3992
3993@node Infix Ops
3994@subsection Infix Operators
3995
3996@cindex infix operators
3997@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3998@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3999have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4000to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4001absolute, and the result is absolute.
4002
4003@enumerate
4004@cindex operator precedence
4005@cindex precedence of operators
4006
4007@item
4008Highest Precedence
4009
4010@table @code
4011@item *
4012@dfn{Multiplication}.
4013
4014@item /
4015@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4016
4017@item %
4018@dfn{Remainder}.
4019
d1eac9d9 4020@item <<
252b5132
RH
4021@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4022
d1eac9d9 4023@item >>
252b5132
RH
4024@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4025@end table
4026
4027@item
4028Intermediate precedence
4029
4030@table @code
4031@item |
4032
4033@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4034
4035@item &
4036@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4037
4038@item ^
4039@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4040
4041@item !
4042@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4043@end table
4044
4045@item
b131d4dc 4046Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4047
4048@table @code
4049@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4050@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4051@cindex arguments for addition
4052@item +
4053@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4054the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4055sections.
4056
4057@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4058@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4059@cindex arguments for subtraction
4060@item -
4061@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4062result has the section of the left argument.
4063If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4064You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4065@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4066
4067@cindex comparison expressions
4068@cindex expressions, comparison
4069@item ==
4070@dfn{Is Equal To}
4071@item <>
723a8472 4072@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4073@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4074@item <
4075@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4076@item >
b131d4dc 4077@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4078@item >=
b131d4dc 4079@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4080@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4081@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4082
4083The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4084value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4085perform signed comparisons.
4086@end table
4087
4088@item Lowest Precedence
4089
4090@table @code
4091@item &&
4092@dfn{Logical And}.
4093
4094@item ||
4095@dfn{Logical Or}.
4096
4097These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4098expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4099value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4100or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4101
252b5132
RH
4102@end table
4103@end enumerate
4104
4105In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4106address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4107
4108@node Pseudo Ops
4109@chapter Assembler Directives
4110
4111@cindex directives, machine independent
4112@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4113@cindex machine independent directives
4114All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
4115The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
4116
4117This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4118target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4119@ifset GENERIC
4120Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4121@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4122@end ifset
4123@ifclear GENERIC
4124@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4125@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4126@end ifset
4127@end ifclear
4128
4129@menu
4130* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4131@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4132* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4133@end ifset
f0dc282c 4134
252b5132 4135* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4136* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4137* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4138* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4139* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 4140* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 4141* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4142* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4143* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4144* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4145@ifset COFF
4146* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4147@end ifset
4148@ifset aout-bout
4149* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4150@end ifset
4151@ifset COFF
4152* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4153@end ifset
f0dc282c 4154
252b5132
RH
4155* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4156* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4157* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4158* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4159* End:: @code{.end}
4160@ifset COFF
4161* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4162@end ifset
f0dc282c 4163
252b5132
RH
4164* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4165* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4166* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4167* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4168* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4169* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4170* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4171* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4172* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4173* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4174* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4175* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4176* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4177* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4178* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4179@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4180* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4181* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4182@end ifset
f0dc282c 4183
252b5132
RH
4184* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4185* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4186* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4187* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4188* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4189* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4190@ifset ELF
4191* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4192@end ifset
f0dc282c 4193
252b5132
RH
4194* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4195* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4196* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4197* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4198@ifclear no-line-dir
4199* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4200@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4201
252b5132
RH
4202* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4203* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4204* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4205* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4206* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4207@ifset ELF
4208* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4209@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4210
252b5132
RH
4211* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4212@ignore
4213* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4214@end ignore
f0dc282c 4215
252b5132
RH
4216* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4217* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4218* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4219* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4220* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4221* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4222* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4223* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4224@ifset ELF
4225* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4226* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4227@end ifset
f0dc282c 4228
252b5132 4229* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4230@ifset ELF
4231* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4232@end ifset
f0dc282c 4233
252b5132
RH
4234* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4235* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4236@ifset ELF
4237* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4238@end ifset
f0dc282c 4239
252b5132 4240* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4241* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4242* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4243* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4244@ifset COFF
4245* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4246@end ifset
4247@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4248* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4249@end ifset
f0dc282c 4250
252b5132
RH
4251* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4252* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4253* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4254@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4255* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4256@end ifset
884f0d36 4257@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4258* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4259@end ifclear
4260
252b5132 4261* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4262@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4263* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4264@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4265@ifset have-stabs
4266* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4267@end ifset
f0dc282c 4268
38a57ae7 4269* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4270* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4271@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4272* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4273* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4274@end ifset
f0dc282c 4275
252b5132
RH
4276@ifset COFF
4277* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4278@end ifset
f0dc282c 4279
252b5132
RH
4280* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4281* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4282@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4283* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4284@end ifset
4285
c91d2e08 4286* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4287@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4288* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4289@end ifset
f0dc282c 4290
2e13b764 4291@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4292* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4293* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4294* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4295@end ifset
f0dc282c 4296
d190d046 4297* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4298* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4299* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4300* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4301* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4302@end menu
4303
4304@node Abort
4305@section @code{.abort}
4306
4307@cindex @code{abort} directive
4308@cindex stopping the assembly
4309This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4310compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4311assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4312of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4313quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4314
4315@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4316@node ABORT (COFF)
4317@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4318
4319@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4320When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4321synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4322
4323@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4324When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4325but ignores it.
4326@end ifset
4327@end ifset
4328
4329@node Align
4330@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4331
4332@cindex padding the location counter
4333@cindex @code{align} directive
4334Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4335boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4336required, as described below.
4337
4338The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4339padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4340padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4341marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4342with no-op instructions.
4343
4344The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4345it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4346directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4347specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4348fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4349required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4350with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4351
4352The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4353For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4354s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4355alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4356the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4357is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4358first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4359
9e9a9798 4360For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4361strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4362number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4363advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4364counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4365multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4366
4367This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4368native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4369GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4370described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4371architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4372
ccf8a69b
BW
4373@node Altmacro
4374@section @code{.altmacro}
4375Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4376
4377@ftable @code
4378@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4379One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4380generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4381replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4382replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4383separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4384define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4385
4386@item String delimiters
4387You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4388@code{"@var{string}"}:
4389
4390@table @code
4391@item '@var{string}'
4392You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4393
4394@item <@var{string}>
4395You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4396@end table
4397
4398@item single-character string escape
4399To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4400character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4401character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4402write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4403
4404@item Expression results as strings
4405You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4406and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4407@end ftable
4408
252b5132
RH
4409@node Ascii
4410@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4411
4412@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4413@cindex string literals
4414@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4415separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4416trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4417
4418@node Asciz
4419@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4420
4421@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4422@cindex zero-terminated strings
4423@cindex null-terminated strings
4424@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4425a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4426
4427@node Balign
4428@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4429
4430@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4431@cindex @code{balign} directive
4432Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4433storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4434alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4435the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4436is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4437
4438The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4439padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4440padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4441marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4442with no-op instructions.
4443
4444The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4445it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4446directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4447specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4448fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4449required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4450with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4451
4452@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4453@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4454The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4455@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4456pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4457fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
44584,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4459filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4460the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4461undefined.
4462
fa94de6b
RM
4463@node Bundle directives
4464@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4465@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4466@cindex bundle
4467@cindex instruction bundle
4468@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4469@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4470bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4471into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4472disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4473gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4474@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4475
4476For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4477certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4478instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4479@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4480chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4481effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4482instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4483that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4484end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4485starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4486instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4487
4488@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4489@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4490@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4491The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4492allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4493are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4494aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4495@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4496directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4497
4498@cindex bundle-locked
4499For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4500appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4501instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4502and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4503instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4504sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4505@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4506entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4507boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4508first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4509aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4510bundle size.
4511
d416e51d
RM
4512For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4513inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4514nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4515@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4516matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4517same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4518
252b5132
RH
4519@node Byte
4520@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4521
4522@cindex @code{byte} directive
4523@cindex integers, one byte
4524@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4525Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4526
54cfded0 4527@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4528@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4529@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4530@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4531should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4532If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4533if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4534To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4535directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4536
4b7d318b 4537@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4538@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4539@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4540should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4541data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4542@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4543
01642c12 4544Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4545it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4546
54cfded0
AM
4547@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4548@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4549@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4550unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4551@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4552
9b8ae42e
JJ
4553@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4554@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4555@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4556should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4557argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4558a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4559the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4560can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4561The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4562no personality routine.
4563
4564@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4565@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4566@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4567should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4568argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4569or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4570no LSDA.
4571
54cfded0 4572@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4573@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4574address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4575
4576@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4577@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4578now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4579remains the same.
4580
4581@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4582@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4583remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4584absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4585CFA address.
4586
4587@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4588Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4589value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4590
4591@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4592Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4593CFA.
54cfded0 4594
17076204
RH
4595@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4596Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4597the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4598using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4599This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4600code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4601
4b7d318b
L
4602@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4603Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4604
4605@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4606@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4607same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4608instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4609
4610@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4611From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4612
4613@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4614Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4615i.e. no restoration needed.
4616
01642c12
RM
4617@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4618First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4619then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4620everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4621the previous saved state.
4622
4623@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4624Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4625directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4626
63752a75
JJ
4627@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4628Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4629
6749011b 4630@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4631SPARC register window has been saved.
4632
cdfbf930
RH
4633@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4634Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4635might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4636opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4637
f1c4cc75
RH
4638@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4639The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4640will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4641description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4642
4643The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4644limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4645mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4646by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4647or another register.
4648
ccf8a69b
BW
4649@node Comm
4650@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4651
ccf8a69b
BW
4652@cindex @code{comm} directive
4653@cindex symbol, common
4654@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4655common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4656of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4657definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4658allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4659absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4660the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4661using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4662
c1711530
DK
4663@ifset COFF-ELF
4664When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4665an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4666specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4667that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4668as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4669boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4670power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4671common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4672alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4673largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4674maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4675is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4676@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4677multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4678It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4679(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4680@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4681
ccf8a69b
BW
4682@ifset HPPA
4683The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4684@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4685@end ifset
07a53e5c 4686
252b5132
RH
4687@node Data
4688@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4689
4690@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4691@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4692end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4693absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4694to zero.
4695
4696@ifset COFF
4697@node Def
4698@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4699
4700@cindex @code{def} directive
4701@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4702@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4703Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4704definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4705@ifset BOUT
4706
a4fb0134 4707This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4708format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4709but ignored.
4710@end ifset
4711@end ifset
4712
4713@ifset aout-bout
4714@node Desc
4715@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4716
4717@cindex @code{desc} directive
4718@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4719@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4720This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4721to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4722
4723@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4724The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4725configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4726object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4727it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4728@end ifset
4729@end ifset
4730
4731@ifset COFF
4732@node Dim
4733@section @code{.dim}
4734
4735@cindex @code{dim} directive
4736@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4737@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4738This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4739information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4740@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4741@ifset BOUT
4742
4743@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4744@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4745ignores it.
4746@end ifset
4747@end ifset
4748
4749@node Double
4750@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4751
4752@cindex @code{double} directive
4753@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4754@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4755assembles floating point numbers.
4756@ifset GENERIC
4757The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4758@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4759@end ifset
4760@ifclear GENERIC
4761@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4762On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4763in @sc{ieee} format.
4764@end ifset
4765@end ifclear
4766
4767@node Eject
4768@section @code{.eject}
4769
4770@cindex @code{eject} directive
4771@cindex new page, in listings
4772@cindex page, in listings
4773@cindex listing control: new page
4774Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4775
4776@node Else
4777@section @code{.else}
4778
4779@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4780@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4781assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4782of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4783was false.
4784
3fd9f047
TW
4785@node Elseif
4786@section @code{.elseif}
4787
4788@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4789@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4790assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4791@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4792
252b5132
RH
4793@node End
4794@section @code{.end}
4795
4796@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4797@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4798process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4799
4800@ifset COFF
4801@node Endef
4802@section @code{.endef}
4803
4804@cindex @code{endef} directive
4805This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4806@code{.def}.
4807@ifset BOUT
4808
4809@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4810@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4811directive but ignores it.
4812@end ifset
4813@end ifset
4814
4815@node Endfunc
4816@section @code{.endfunc}
4817@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4818@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4819
4820@node Endif
4821@section @code{.endif}
4822
4823@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4824@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4825it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4826conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4827
4828@node Equ
4829@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4830
4831@cindex @code{equ} directive
4832@cindex assigning values to symbols
4833@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4834This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4835It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4836
4837@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4838The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4839@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4840@end ifset
4841
3c9b82ba 4842@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4843The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4844@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4845On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4846but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4847Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4848@end ifset
4849
252b5132
RH
4850@node Equiv
4851@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4852@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4853The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4854the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4855symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4856undefined.
252b5132 4857
01642c12 4858Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4859@smallexample
4860.ifdef SYM
4861.err
4862.endif
4863.equ SYM,VAL
4864@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4865plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4866
4867@node Eqv
4868@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4869@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4870The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4871evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4872the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4873value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4874
4875@node Err
4876@section @code{.err}
4877@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4878If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4879message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4880object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4881
d190d046
HPN
4882@node Error
4883@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4884@cindex error directive
4885
4886Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4887string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4888message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4889@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4890
4891@smallexample
4892 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4893@end smallexample
4894
252b5132
RH
4895@node Exitm
4896@section @code{.exitm}
4897Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4898
4899@node Extern
4900@section @code{.extern}
4901
4902@cindex @code{extern} directive
4903@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4904with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4905all undefined symbols as external.
4906
4907@node Fail
4908@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4909
4910@cindex @code{fail} directive
4911Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4912or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4913than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4914include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4915complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4916
252b5132 4917@node File
14082c76 4918@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4919@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4920
4921@ifclear no-file-dir
4922There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4923that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4924@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4925
4926@subheading Default Version
4927
252b5132
RH
4928@cindex logical file name
4929@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4930This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4931are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4932
4933@smallexample
4934.file @var{string}
4935@end smallexample
4936
4937@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4938recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4939to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4940statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4941old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4942
4943@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4944@end ifclear
4945
14082c76
BW
4946When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4947to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4948
4949@smallexample
4950.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4951@end smallexample
4952
4953The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4954index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4955literal.
4956
4957The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4958table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4959information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4960entries will have.
4961
252b5132
RH
4962@node Fill
4963@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4964
4965@cindex @code{fill} directive
4966@cindex writing patterns in memory
4967@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4968@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4969This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4970may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4971more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4972other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4973is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4974zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4975byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4976Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4977@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4978compatible with other people's assemblers.
4979
4980@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4981If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4982assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4983@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4984
4985@node Float
4986@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4987
4988@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4989@cindex @code{float} directive
4990This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4991has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4992@ifset GENERIC
4993The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4994@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4995@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4996@end ifset
4997@ifclear GENERIC
4998@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4999On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5000in @sc{ieee} format.
5001@end ifset
5002@end ifclear
5003
5004@node Func
5005@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5006@cindex @code{func} directive
5007@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5008is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5009Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5010@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5011prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5012@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5013All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5014The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5015
5016@node Global
5017@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5018
5019@cindex @code{global} directive
5020@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5021@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5022@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5023other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5024@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5025from another file linked into the same program.
5026
5027Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5028compatibility with other assemblers.
5029
5030@ifset HPPA
5031On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5032partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5033@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5034@end ifset
5035
c91d2e08 5036@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5037@node Gnu_attribute
5038@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5039Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5040
c91d2e08
NC
5041@node Hidden
5042@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5043
c1253627
NC
5044@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5045@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5046This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5047@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5048@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5049
5050This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5051their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5052@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5053Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5054@end ifset
5055
252b5132
RH
5056@node hword
5057@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5058
5059@cindex @code{hword} directive
5060@cindex integers, 16-bit
5061@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5062@cindex sixteen bit integers
5063This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5064a 16 bit number for each.
5065
5066@ifset GENERIC
5067This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5068architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5069@end ifset
5070@ifclear GENERIC
5071@ifset W32
5072This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5073@end ifset
5074@ifset W16
5075This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5076@end ifset
5077@end ifclear
5078
5079@node Ident
5080@section @code{.ident}
5081
5082@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5083
5084This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5085behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5086a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5087source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5088for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5089@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5090emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5091
5092@node If
5093@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5094
5095@cindex conditional assembly
5096@cindex @code{if} directive
5097@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5098considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5099(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5100the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5101(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5102alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5103If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5104nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5105
5106The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5107@table @code
5108@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5109@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5110Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5111has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5112is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5113
26aca5f6
JB
5114@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5115@item .ifb @var{text}
5116Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5117
252b5132
RH
5118@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5119@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5120Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5121strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5122the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5123end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5124string comparison is case sensitive.
5125
5126@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5127@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5128Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5129
5130@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5131@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5132Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5133
5134@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5135@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5136Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5137equal to zero.
5138
5139@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5140@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5141Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5142
5143@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5144@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5145Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5146to zero.
5147
5148@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5149@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5150Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5151
26aca5f6
JB
5152@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5153@item .ifnb @var{text}
5154Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5155following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5156
252b5132
RH
5157@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5158@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5159Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5160following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5161
5162@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5163@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5164@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5165@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5166Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5167has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5168which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5169
5170@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5171@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5172Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5173(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5174
5175@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5176@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5177Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5178following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5179@end table
5180
7e005732
NC
5181@node Incbin
5182@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5183
5184@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5185@cindex binary files, including
5186The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5187location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5188option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5189around @var{file}.
5190
5191The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5192@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5193read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5194responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5195after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5196
252b5132
RH
5197@node Include
5198@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5199
5200@cindex @code{include} directive
5201@cindex supporting files, including
5202@cindex files, including
5203This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5204points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5205if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5206included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5207can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5208(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5209around @var{file}.
5210
5211@node Int
5212@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5213
5214@cindex @code{int} directive
5215@cindex integers, 32-bit
5216Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5217For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5218expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5219of target the assembly is for.
5220
5221@ifclear GENERIC
5222@ifset H8
7be1c489 5223On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5224integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
522532-bit integers.
5226@end ifset
5227@end ifclear
5228
c91d2e08
NC
5229@ifset ELF
5230@node Internal
5231@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5232
c1253627
NC
5233@cindex @code{internal} directive
5234@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5235This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5236@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5237@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5238
5239This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5240their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5241@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5242(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5243processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5244@end ifset
5245
252b5132
RH
5246@node Irp
5247@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5248
5249@cindex @code{irp} directive
5250Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5251The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5252terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5253set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5254@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5255@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5256sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5257
5258For example, assembling
5259
5260@example
5261 .irp param,1,2,3
5262 move d\param,sp@@-
5263 .endr
5264@end example
5265
5266is equivalent to assembling
5267
5268@example
5269 move d1,sp@@-
5270 move d2,sp@@-
5271 move d3,sp@@-
5272@end example
5273
96e9638b 5274For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5275
252b5132
RH
5276@node Irpc
5277@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5278
5279@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5280Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5281The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5282terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5283@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5284assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5285assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5286@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5287
5288For example, assembling
5289
5290@example
5291 .irpc param,123
5292 move d\param,sp@@-
5293 .endr
5294@end example
5295
5296is equivalent to assembling
5297
5298@example
5299 move d1,sp@@-
5300 move d2,sp@@-
5301 move d3,sp@@-
5302@end example
5303
5e75c3ab
JB
5304For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5305at @xref{Macro}.
5306
252b5132
RH
5307@node Lcomm
5308@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5309
5310@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5311@cindex local common symbols
5312@cindex symbols, local common
5313Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5314denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5315those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5316section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5317is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5318not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5319
5320@ifset GENERIC
5321Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5322argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5323@end ifset
5324
5325@ifset HPPA
5326The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5327@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5328@end ifset
5329
5330@node Lflags
5331@section @code{.lflags}
5332
5333@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5334@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5335assemblers, but ignores it.
5336
5337@ifclear no-line-dir
5338@node Line
5339@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5340
5341@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5342@cindex logical line number
5343@ifset aout-bout
5344Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5345expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5346statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5347reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5348@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5349for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5350@end ifset
5351
252b5132 5352Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5353@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5354when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5355were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5356@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5357
5358Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5359used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5360debugging.
5361@end ifclear
5362
5363@node Linkonce
5364@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5365@cindex COMDAT
5366@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5367@cindex common sections
5368Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5369This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5370but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5371The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5372Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5373unique.
5374
5375This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5376writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5377Executable format used on Windows NT.
5378
5379The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5380following strings. For example:
5381@smallexample
5382.linkonce same_size
5383@end smallexample
5384Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5385
5386@table @code
5387@item discard
5388Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5389
5390@item one_only
5391Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5392
5393@item same_size
5394Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5395
5396@item same_contents
5397Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5398@end table
5399
ccf8a69b
BW
5400@node List
5401@section @code{.list}
5402
5403@cindex @code{list} directive
5404@cindex listing control, turning on
5405Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5406not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5407internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5408counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5409generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5410
5411By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5412@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5413the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5414
252b5132
RH
5415@node Ln
5416@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5417
5418@cindex @code{ln} directive
5419@ifclear no-line-dir
5420@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5421@end ifclear
5422@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5423Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5424must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5425line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5426statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5427line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5428@ifset BOUT
5429
a4fb0134 5430This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5431configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5432output format.
5433@end ifset
5434@end ifset
5435
ccf8a69b
BW
5436@node Loc
5437@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5438@cindex @code{loc} directive
5439When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5440the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5441number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5442instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5443arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5444the row is added.
252b5132 5445
ccf8a69b
BW
5446The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5447
5448@table @code
5449@item basic_block
5450This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5451@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5452
5453@item prologue_end
5454This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5455@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5456
5457@item epilogue_begin
5458This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5459@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5460
5461@item is_stmt @var{value}
5462This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5463@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5464either 0 or 1.
5465
5466@item isa @var{value}
5467This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5468state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5469
92846e72
CC
5470@item discriminator @var{value}
5471This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5472state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5473
ccf8a69b
BW
5474@end table
5475
5476@node Loc_mark_labels
5477@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5478@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5479When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5480the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5481to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5482register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5483The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5484this function respectively.
252b5132 5485
4d4175af
BW
5486@ifset ELF
5487@node Local
5488@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5489
5490@cindex @code{local} directive
5491This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5492the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5493will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5494they will be created.
5495
5496For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5497accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5498the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5499(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5500@end ifset
5501
252b5132
RH
5502@node Long
5503@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5504
5505@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5506@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5507
5508@ignore
5509@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5510@c what it really ought to do
5511@node Lsym
5512@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5513
5514@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5515@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5516@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5517the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5518rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5519the same as the expression value:
5520@smallexample
5521@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5522@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5523@var{value} = @var{expression}
5524@end smallexample
5525@noindent
5526The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5527@end ignore
5528
5529@node Macro
5530@section @code{.macro}
5531
5532@cindex macros
5533The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5534generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5535@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5536
5537@example
5538 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5539 .long \from
5540 .if \to-\from
5541 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5542 .endif
5543 .endm
5544@end example
5545
5546@noindent
5547With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5548
5549@example
5550 .long 0
5551 .long 1
5552 .long 2
5553 .long 3
5554 .long 4
5555 .long 5
5556@end example
5557
5558@ftable @code
5559@item .macro @var{macname}
5560@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5561@cindex @code{macro} directive
5562Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5563definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5564separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5565indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5566@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5567(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5568macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5569cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5570subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5571definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5572
5573@table @code
5574@item .macro comm
5575Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5576arguments.
5577
6258339f 5578@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5579@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5580Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5581which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5582@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5583
5584@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5585Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5586arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5587After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5588@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5589@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5590,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5591@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5592
6eaeac8a
JB
5593@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5594Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5595arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5596not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5597will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5598
252b5132
RH
5599When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5600position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5601@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5602
6258339f
NC
5603@end table
5604
5e75c3ab
JB
5605Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5606as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5607occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5608characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5609(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5610architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5611character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5612replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5613construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5614identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5615this macro definition:
5616
5617@example
5618 .macro label l
5619\l:
5620 .endm
5621@end example
5622
5623might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5624called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5625assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5626identifier.
5627
5628Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5629which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5630for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5631length specifier like this:
5632
5633@example
5634 .macro opcode base length
5635 \base.\length
5636 .endm
5637@end example
5638
5639and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5640instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5641interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5642
5643There are several possible ways around this problem:
5644
5645@table @code
5646@item Insert white space
5647If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5648solution. eg:
5649
5650@example
5651 .macro label l
5652\l :
5653 .endm
5654@end example
5655
5656@item Use @samp{\()}
5657The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5658the following text. eg:
5659
5660@example
5661 .macro opcode base length
5662 \base\().\length
5663 .endm
5664@end example
5665
5666@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5667In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5668used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5669
5670@example
5671 .altmacro
5672 .macro label l
5673l&:
5674 .endm
5675@end example
6258339f 5676@end table
5e75c3ab 5677
96e9638b 5678Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5679also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5680and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5681
252b5132
RH
5682@item .endm
5683@cindex @code{endm} directive
5684Mark the end of a macro definition.
5685
5686@item .exitm
5687@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5688Exit early from the current macro definition.
5689
5690@cindex number of macros executed
5691@cindex macros, count executed
5692@item \@@
a4fb0134 5693@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5694executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5695output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5696
252b5132
RH
5697@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5698@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5699macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5700@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5701@end ftable
252b5132 5702
ccf8a69b
BW
5703@node MRI
5704@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5705
ccf8a69b
BW
5706@cindex @code{mri} directive
5707@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5708If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5709@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5710affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5711of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5712
caa32fe5
NC
5713@node Noaltmacro
5714@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5715Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5716
252b5132
RH
5717@node Nolist
5718@section @code{.nolist}
5719
5720@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5721@cindex listing control, turning off
5722Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5723not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5724internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5725counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5726generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5727
5728@node Octa
5729@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5730
5731@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5732@cindex @code{octa} directive
5733@cindex integer, 16-byte
5734@cindex sixteen byte integer
5735This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5736bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5737
5738The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5739hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5740
9aec2026
NC
5741@node Offset
5742@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5743
5744@cindex @code{offset} directive
5745Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5746be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5747symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5748directive.
9aec2026 5749
252b5132
RH
5750@node Org
5751@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5752
5753@cindex @code{org} directive
5754@cindex location counter, advancing
5755@cindex advancing location counter
5756@cindex current address, advancing
5757Advance the location counter of the current section to
5758@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5759expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5760you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5761wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5762with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5763@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5764is the same as the current subsection.
5765
5766@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5767unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5768backwards.
5769
5770@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5771@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5772@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5773Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5774may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5775a chance to share your improved assembler.
5776
5777Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5778to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5779people's assemblers.
5780
5781When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5782intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5783absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5784@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5785
5786@node P2align
5787@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5788
5789@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5790@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5791Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5792storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5793number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5794advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5795counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5796multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5797
5798The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5799padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5800padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5801marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5802with no-op instructions.
5803
5804The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5805it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5806directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5807specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5808fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5809required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5810with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5811
5812@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5813@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5814The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5815@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5816pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5817fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
58182,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5819filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5820the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5821undefined.
5822
ccf8a69b
BW
5823@ifset ELF
5824@node PopSection
5825@section @code{.popsection}
5826
5827@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5828@cindex Section Stack
5829This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5830@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5831@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5832(@pxref{Previous}).
5833
5834This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5835section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5836stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5837@end ifset
5838
c91d2e08
NC
5839@ifset ELF
5840@node Previous
5841@section @code{.previous}
5842
c1253627 5843@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5844@cindex Section Stack
5845This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5846@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5847@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5848(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5849
5850This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5851referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5852@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5853subsections). For example:
5854
5855@smallexample
5856.section A
5857 .subsection 1
5858 .word 0x1234
5859 .subsection 2
5860 .word 0x5678
5861.previous
5862 .word 0x9abc
5863@end smallexample
5864
5865Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5866section A. Whilst:
5867
5868@smallexample
5869.section A
5870.subsection 1
5871 # Now in section A subsection 1
5872 .word 0x1234
5873.section B
5874.subsection 0
5875 # Now in section B subsection 0
5876 .word 0x5678
5877.subsection 1
5878 # Now in section B subsection 1
5879 .word 0x9abc
5880.previous
5881 # Now in section B subsection 0
5882 .word 0xdef0
5883@end smallexample
5884
5885Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5886section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5887
5888In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5889the top section on the section stack.
5890@end ifset
5891
252b5132
RH
5892@node Print
5893@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5894
5895@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5896@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5897assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5898
c91d2e08
NC
5899@ifset ELF
5900@node Protected
5901@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5902
c1253627
NC
5903@cindex @code{protected} directive
5904@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5905This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5906@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5907
5908This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5909their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5910@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5911components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5912component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5913this.
c91d2e08
NC
5914@end ifset
5915
252b5132
RH
5916@node Psize
5917@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5918
5919@cindex @code{psize} directive
5920@cindex listing control: paper size
5921@cindex paper size, for listings
5922Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5923number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5924
5925If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5926of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5927default width is 200 columns.
5928
a4fb0134 5929@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5930lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5931@code{.eject}).
5932
5933If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5934those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5935
5936@node Purgem
5937@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5938
5939@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5940Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5941expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5942
c91d2e08
NC
5943@ifset ELF
5944@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5945@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5946
c1253627 5947@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5948@cindex Section Stack
5949This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5950@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5951@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5952(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5953
e9863d7f
DJ
5954This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5955top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5956subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5957@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5958as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5959@end ifset
5960
252b5132
RH
5961@node Quad
5962@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5963
5964@cindex @code{quad} directive
5965@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5966each bignum, it emits
5967@ifclear bignum-16
5968an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5969warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5970@cindex eight-byte integer
5971@cindex integer, 8-byte
5972
5973The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5974hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5975@end ifclear
5976@ifset bignum-16
5977a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5978warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5979@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5980@cindex integer, 16-byte
5981@end ifset
5982
05e9452c
AM
5983@node Reloc
5984@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5985
5986@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5987Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5988@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5989the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5990symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5991@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5992absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5993targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5994relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5995section.
5996
252b5132
RH
5997@node Rept
5998@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5999
6000@cindex @code{rept} directive
6001Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6002@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6003
6004For example, assembling
6005
6006@example
6007 .rept 3
6008 .long 0
6009 .endr
6010@end example
6011
6012is equivalent to assembling
6013
6014@example
6015 .long 0
6016 .long 0
6017 .long 0
6018@end example
6019
6020@node Sbttl
6021@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6022
6023@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6024@cindex subtitles for listings
6025@cindex listing control: subtitle
6026Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6027title line) when generating assembly listings.
6028
6029This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6030it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6031
6032@ifset COFF
6033@node Scl
6034@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6035
6036@cindex @code{scl} directive
6037@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6038@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6039Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6040used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6041whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6042symbolic debugging information.
6043@ifset BOUT
6044
6045The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6046configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6047accepts this directive but ignores it.
6048@end ifset
6049@end ifset
6050
c1253627 6051@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6052@node Section
c1253627 6053@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6054
252b5132
RH
6055@cindex named section
6056Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6057named @var{name}.
6058
6059This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6060named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6061with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6062
c1253627
NC
6063@ifset COFF
6064@ifset ELF
6065@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6066@subheading COFF Version
6067@end ifset
6068
6069@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6070For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6071ways:
c91d2e08 6072
252b5132
RH
6073@smallexample
6074.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6075.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6076@end smallexample
6077
6078If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6079section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6080@table @code
6081@item b
6082bss section (uninitialized data)
6083@item n
6084section is not loaded
6085@item w
6086writable section
6087@item d
6088data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6089@item e
6090exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6091@item r
6092read-only section
6093@item x
6094executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6095@item s
6096shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6097@item a
6098ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6099@item y
6100section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6101@item 0-9
6102single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6103@end table
6104
6105If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6106the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6107loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6108from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6109will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6110
6111If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6112taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6113@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6114
6115@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6116@ifset COFF
6117@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6118@subheading ELF Version
6119@end ifset
6120
c91d2e08
NC
6121@cindex Section Stack
6122This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6123@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6124(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6125@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6126
c1253627 6127@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6128For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6129
252b5132 6130@smallexample
7047dd1e 6131.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6132@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6133
252b5132 6134The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6135combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6136@table @code
6137@item a
6138section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6139@item e
6140section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6141@item w
6142section is writable
6143@item x
6144section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6145@item M
6146section is mergeable
6147@item S
6148section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6149@item G
6150section is a member of a section group
6151@item T
6152section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6153@item ?
6154section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6155@end table
6156
6157The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6158@table @code
6159@item @@progbits
6160section contains data
6161@item @@nobits
6162section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6163@item @@note
6164section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6165@item @@init_array
6166section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6167@item @@fini_array
6168section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6169@item @@preinit_array
6170section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6171@end table
6172
10b016c2
PB
6173Many targets only support the first three section types.
6174
ececec60
NC
6175Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6176ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6177@code{%} character.
6178
22fe14ad 6179If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6180be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6181
6182@smallexample
6183.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6184@end smallexample
6185
6186Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6187constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6188@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6189@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6190the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6191absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6192which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6193@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6194@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6195
6196If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6197be present along with an additional field like this:
6198
6199@smallexample
6200.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6201@end smallexample
6202
6203The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6204particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6205@table @code
6206@item comdat
6207indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6208@item .gnu.linkonce
6209an alias for comdat
6210@end table
6211
96e9638b 6212Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6213the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6214
6215@smallexample
6216.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6217@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6218
01642c12
RM
6219If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6220@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6221present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6222this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6223@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6224If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6225
252b5132
RH
6226If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6227the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6228none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6229executable. The section will contain data.
6230
6231For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6232directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6233
252b5132
RH
6234@smallexample
6235.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6236@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6237
252b5132
RH
6238Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6239separated flags:
6240@table @code
6241@item #alloc
6242section is allocatable
6243@item #write
6244section is writable
6245@item #execinstr
6246section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6247@item #exclude
6248section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6249@item #tls
6250section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6251@end table
c91d2e08 6252
e9863d7f
DJ
6253This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6254contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6255some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6256work.
c1253627
NC
6257@end ifset
6258@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6259
6260@node Set
6261@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6262
6263@cindex @code{set} directive
6264@cindex symbol value, setting
6265Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6266changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6267@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6268flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6269
6270You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6271
6272If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6273file is the last value stored into it.
6274
3c9b82ba
NC
6275@ifset Z80
6276On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6277@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6278@end ifset
6279
252b5132
RH
6280@node Short
6281@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6282
6283@cindex @code{short} directive
6284@ifset GENERIC
6285@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6286@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6287
6288In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6289numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6290@end ifset
6291@ifclear GENERIC
6292@ifset W16
6293@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6294@end ifset
6295@ifset W32
6296This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6297a 16 bit number for each.
6298@end ifset
6299@end ifclear
6300
6301@node Single
6302@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6303
6304@cindex @code{single} directive
6305@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6306This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6307has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6308@ifset GENERIC
6309The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6310@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6311@end ifset
6312@ifclear GENERIC
6313@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6314On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6315numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6316@end ifset
6317@end ifclear
6318
c1253627 6319@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6320@node Size
c1253627 6321@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6322
c1253627
NC
6323This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6324
6325@ifset COFF
6326@ifset ELF
6327@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6328@subheading COFF Version
6329@end ifset
6330
6331@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6332For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6333@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6334
6335@smallexample
6336.size @var{expression}
6337@end smallexample
252b5132 6338
c91d2e08 6339@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6340@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6341@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6342ignores it.
6343@end ifset
c1253627 6344@end ifset
c91d2e08 6345
c1253627
NC
6346@ifset ELF
6347@ifset COFF
6348@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6349@subheading ELF Version
6350@end ifset
6351
6352@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6353For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6354
c1253627
NC
6355@smallexample
6356.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6357@end smallexample
6358
6359This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6360The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6361arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6362symbols.
c1253627
NC
6363@end ifset
6364@end ifset
252b5132 6365
252b5132
RH
6366@ifclear no-space-dir
6367@node Skip
6368@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6369
6370@cindex @code{skip} directive
6371@cindex filling memory
6372This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6373@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6374@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6375@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6376@end ifclear
252b5132 6377
ccf8a69b
BW
6378@node Sleb128
6379@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6380
6381@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6382@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6383compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6384symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6385
884f0d36 6386@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6387@node Space
6388@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6389
6390@cindex @code{space} directive
6391@cindex filling memory
6392This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6393@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6394and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6395as @samp{.skip}.
6396
6397@ifset HPPA
6398@quotation
6399@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6400targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6401Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6402@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6403for a summary.
6404@end quotation
6405@end ifset
6406@end ifclear
6407
252b5132
RH
6408@ifset have-stabs
6409@node Stab
6410@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6411
6412@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6413@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6414There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6415All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6416The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6417cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6418Up to five fields are required:
6419
6420@table @var
6421@item string
6422This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6423@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6424debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6425using this field.
6426
6427@item type
6428An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6429this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6430and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6431
6432@item other
6433An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6434low 8 bits of this expression.
6435
6436@item desc
6437An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6438bits of this expression.
6439
6440@item value
6441An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6442@end table
6443
6444If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6445or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6446you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6447compatible with earlier assemblers!
6448
6449@table @code
6450@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6451@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6452
6453The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6454It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6455null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6456strings.
6457
6458The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6459relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6460is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6461assembled.
6462
6463@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6464@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6465The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6466
6467@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6468@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6469All five fields are specified.
6470@end table
6471@end ifset
6472@c end have-stabs
6473
6474@node String
38a57ae7 6475@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6476"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6477
6478@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6479@cindex string8, copying to object file
6480@cindex string16, copying to object file
6481@cindex string32, copying to object file
6482@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6483@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6484@cindex @code{string8} directive
6485@cindex @code{string16} directive
6486@cindex @code{string32} directive
6487@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6488
6489Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6490one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6491particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6492You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6493
01642c12 6494The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6495the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6496copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6497are stored in target endianness byte order.
6498
6499Example:
6500@smallexample
6501 .string32 "BYE"
6502expands to:
6503 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6504 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6505@end smallexample
6506
6507
252b5132
RH
6508@node Struct
6509@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6510
6511@cindex @code{struct} directive
6512Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6513which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6514@smallexample
6515 .struct 0
6516field1:
6517 .struct field1 + 4
6518field2:
6519 .struct field2 + 4
6520field3:
6521@end smallexample
6522This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6523@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6524value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6525use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6526before further assembly.
6527
c91d2e08
NC
6528@ifset ELF
6529@node SubSection
6530@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6531
c1253627 6532@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6533@cindex Section Stack
6534This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6535@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6536@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6537(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6538
6539This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6540section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6541in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6542@end ifset
6543
252b5132
RH
6544@ifset ELF
6545@node Symver
6546@section @code{.symver}
6547@cindex @code{symver} directive
6548@cindex symbol versioning
6549@cindex versions of symbols
6550Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6551within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6552typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6553There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6554into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6555shared library.
6556
79082ff0 6557For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6558@smallexample
6559.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6560@end smallexample
339681c0 6561If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6562being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6563alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6564just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6565permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6566of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6567itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6568have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6569file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6570function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6571the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6572building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6573symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6574nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6575
6576If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6577references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6578reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6579symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6580
6581Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6582@smallexample
6583.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6584@end smallexample
6585In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6586the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6587difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6588references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6589
6590The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6591@smallexample
6592.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6593@end smallexample
6594When @var{name} is not defined within the
6595file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6596@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6597name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6598@end ifset
6599
6600@ifset COFF
6601@node Tag
6602@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6603
6604@cindex COFF structure debugging
6605@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6606@cindex @code{tag} directive
6607This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6608information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6609@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6610definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6611@ifset BOUT
6612
6613@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6614@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6615ignores it.
6616@end ifset
6617@end ifset
6618
6619@node Text
6620@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6621
6622@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6623Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6624the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6625expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6626is used.
6627
6628@node Title
6629@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6630
6631@cindex @code{title} directive
6632@cindex listing control: title line
6633Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6634source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6635
6636This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6637it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6638
c1253627 6639@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6640@node Type
c1253627
NC
6641@section @code{.type}
6642
6643This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6644
6645@ifset COFF
6646@ifset ELF
6647@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6648@subheading COFF Version
6649@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6650
6651@cindex COFF symbol type
6652@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6653@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6654For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6655@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6656
6657@smallexample
6658.type @var{int}
6659@end smallexample
6660
6661This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6662entry.
252b5132 6663
c91d2e08 6664@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6665@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6666@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6667directive but ignores it.
6668@end ifset
c1253627 6669@end ifset
c91d2e08 6670
c1253627
NC
6671@ifset ELF
6672@ifset COFF
6673@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6674@subheading ELF Version
6675@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6676
6677@cindex ELF symbol type
6678@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6679@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6680For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6681
6682@smallexample
6683.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6684@end smallexample
6685
6686This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6687function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6688supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6689compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6690
6691Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6692@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6693below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6694the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6695maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6696assemblers.
6697
6698The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6699
6700@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6701 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6702 .type <name>,#<type>
6703 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6704 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6705 .type <name>,"<type>"
6706@end smallexample
6707
6708The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6709
5671778d
NC
6710@table @gcctabopt
6711@item STT_FUNC
6712@itemx function
6713Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6714
d8045f23
NC
6715@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6716@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6717Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6718processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6719
5671778d
NC
6720@item STT_OBJECT
6721@itemx object
6722Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6723
6724@item STT_TLS
6725@itemx tls_object
6726Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6727
6728@item STT_COMMON
6729@itemx common
6730Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6731
6732@item STT_NOTYPE
6733@itemx notype
6734Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6735
3e7a7d11
NC
6736@item gnu_unique_object
6737Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6738will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6739name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6740systems).
3e7a7d11 6741
5671778d
NC
6742@end table
6743
6744Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6745
c1253627
NC
6746@end ifset
6747@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6748
6749@node Uleb128
6750@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6751
6752@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6753@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6754compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6755symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6756
6757@ifset COFF
6758@node Val
6759@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6760
6761@cindex @code{val} directive
6762@cindex COFF value attribute
6763@cindex value attribute, COFF
6764This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6765records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6766entry.
6767@ifset BOUT
6768
a4fb0134 6769@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6770configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6771@end ifset
6772@end ifset
6773
2e13b764 6774@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6775@node Version
6776@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6777
c1253627 6778@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6779This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6780formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6781@end ifset
2e13b764 6782
c91d2e08
NC
6783@ifset ELF
6784@node VTableEntry
6785@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6786
653cfe85 6787@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6788This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6789@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6790
c91d2e08
NC
6791@node VTableInherit
6792@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6793
653cfe85 6794@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6795This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6796@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6797parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6798parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6799@end ifset
2e13b764 6800
d190d046
HPN
6801@node Warning
6802@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6803@cindex warning directive
6804Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6805(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6806
c91d2e08
NC
6807@node Weak
6808@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6809
c1253627 6810@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6811This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6812@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6813
01642c12 6814On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6815directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6816@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6817
977cdf5a 6818On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6819When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6820alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6821
06e77878
AO
6822@node Weakref
6823@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6824
6825@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6826This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6827be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6828If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6829will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6830symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6831
6832The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6833assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6834symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6835resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6836had the references to the alias removed.
6837
6838The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6839within the assembler.
6840
252b5132
RH
6841@node Word
6842@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6843
6844@cindex @code{word} directive
6845This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6846separated by commas.
6847@ifclear GENERIC
6848@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6849For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6850@end ifset
6851@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6852For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6853@end ifset
6854@end ifclear
6855@ifset GENERIC
6856
6857The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6858depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6859@end ifset
6860
6861@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6862@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6863@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6864@cindex difference tables altered
6865@cindex altered difference tables
6866@quotation
6867@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6868@end quotation
6869
6870@ifset GENERIC
6871Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6872addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6873interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6874@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6875
6876@end ifset
6877In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6878@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6879Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6880compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6881directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6882@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6883creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6884This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6885first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6886of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6887table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6888contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6889@code{sym2}.
6890
6891If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6892secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6893@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6894long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6895and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6896minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6897entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6898
6899@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6900@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6901@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6902assembly language programmers.
6903@end ifset
6904@end ifset
6905@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6906
6907@node Deprecated
6908@section Deprecated Directives
6909
6910@cindex deprecated directives
6911@cindex obsolescent directives
6912One day these directives won't work.
6913They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6914@table @t
6915@item .abort
6916@item .line
6917@end table
6918
3a99f02f
DJ
6919@ifset ELF
6920@node Object Attributes
6921@chapter Object Attributes
6922@cindex object attributes
6923
6924@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6925into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6926Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6927point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6928requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6929passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6930hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6931generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6932newer generation at run-time.
6933
6934This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6935@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6936time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6937correctly.
6938
6939Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6940attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6941string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6942and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6943or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6944attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6945
6946Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6947The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6948
6949@menu
6950* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6951* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6952@end menu
6953
6954@node GNU Object Attributes
6955@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6956
6957The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6958with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6959
6960Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6961its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6962an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
69632} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6964architecture-dependent ones.
6965
6966@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6967
6968These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6969
6970@table @r
6971@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6972The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6973the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6974then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6975than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6976arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6977@end table
6978
6979@subsection MIPS Attributes
6980
6981@table @r
6982@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6983The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6984
6985@itemize @bullet
6986@item
69870 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6988@item
69891 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6990FPU.
6991@item
69922 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6993@item
69943 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6995@item
69964 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6997double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6998purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6999@end itemize
7000@end table
7001
7002@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7003
7004@table @r
7005@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7006The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7007
7008@itemize @bullet
7009@item
70100 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7011@item
3c7b9897 70121 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7013@item
70142 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7015@item
70163 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7017@end itemize
7018
7019@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7020The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7021
7022@itemize @bullet
7023@item
70240 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7025@item
70261 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7027@item
70282 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7029@item
70303 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7031@end itemize
7032@end table
7033
7034@node Defining New Object Attributes
7035@section Defining New Object Attributes
7036
7037If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7038will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7039mailing list.
7040
7041@itemize @bullet
7042@item
7043This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7044@item
7045The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7046@item
7047The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7048and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7049@item
7050Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7051@item
7052@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7053@item
7054GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7055@end itemize
7056
7057@end ifset
7058
252b5132
RH
7059@ifset GENERIC
7060@node Machine Dependencies
7061@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7062
7063@cindex machine dependencies
7064The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7065each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7066vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7067directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7068assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7069@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7070optimization.
7071
7072This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7073include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7074subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7075
7076@menu
a06ea964
NC
7077@ifset AARCH64
7078* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7079@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7080@ifset ALPHA
7081* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7082@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7083@ifset ARC
7084* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7085@end ifset
7086@ifset ARM
7087* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7088@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7089@ifset AVR
7090* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7091@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7092@ifset Blackfin
7093* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7094@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7095@ifset CR16
7096* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7097@end ifset
8bf549a8 7098@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7099* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7100@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7101@ifset D10V
7102* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7103@end ifset
7104@ifset D30V
7105* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7106@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7107@ifset EPIPHANY
7108* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7109@end ifset
252b5132 7110@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7111* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7112@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7113@ifset HPPA
7114* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7115@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7116@ifset I370
7117* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7118@end ifset
252b5132 7119@ifset I80386
55b62671 7120* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7121@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7122@ifset I860
7123* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7125@ifset I960
7126* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7127@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7128@ifset IA64
7129* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7130@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7131@ifset IP2K
7132* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7133@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7134@ifset LM32
7135* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7136@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7137@ifset M32C
7138* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7139@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7140@ifset M32R
7141* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7142@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7143@ifset M680X0
7144* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7145@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7146@ifset M68HC11
7147* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7148@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7149@ifset METAG
7150* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7151@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7152@ifset MICROBLAZE
7153* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7154@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7155@ifset MIPS
7156* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7157@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7158@ifset MMIX
7159* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7160@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7161@ifset MSP430
7162* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7163@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7164@ifset NDS32
7165* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7166@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7167@ifset NIOSII
7168* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7169@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7170@ifset NS32K
7171* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7172@end ifset
252b5132 7173@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
7174* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7175* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7176@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7177@ifset PDP11
7178* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7179@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7180@ifset PJ
7181* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7182@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7183@ifset PPC
7184* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7185@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7186@ifset RL78
7187* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7188@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7189@ifset RX
7190* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7191@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7192@ifset S390
7193* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7194@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7195@ifset SCORE
7196* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7197@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7198@ifset SPARC
7199* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7200@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7201@ifset TIC54X
7202* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7203@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7204@ifset TIC6X
7205* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7206@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7207@ifset TILEGX
7208* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7209@end ifset
7210@ifset TILEPRO
7211* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7212@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7213@ifset V850
7214* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7215@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7216@ifset XGATE
7217* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7218@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7219@ifset XSTORMY16
7220* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7221@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7222@ifset XTENSA
7223* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7224@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7225@ifset Z80
7226* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7227@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7228@ifset Z8000
7229* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7230@end ifset
7231@ifset VAX
7232* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7233@end ifset
7234@end menu
7235
7236@lowersections
7237@end ifset
7238
7239@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7240@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7241@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7242@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7243@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7244@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7245@c in both conditional blocks.
7246
a06ea964
NC
7247@ifset AARCH64
7248@include c-aarch64.texi
7249@end ifset
7250
625e1353
RH
7251@ifset ALPHA
7252@include c-alpha.texi
7253@end ifset
7254
7255@ifset ARC
7256@include c-arc.texi
7257@end ifset
7258
252b5132
RH
7259@ifset ARM
7260@include c-arm.texi
7261@end ifset
7262
8473f7a4
DC
7263@ifset AVR
7264@include c-avr.texi
7265@end ifset
7266
3b4e1885 7267@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7268@include c-bfin.texi
7269@end ifset
7270
3d3d428f
NC
7271@ifset CR16
7272@include c-cr16.texi
7273@end ifset
7274
328eb32e
HPN
7275@ifset CRIS
7276@include c-cris.texi
7277@end ifset
7278
c2dcd04e 7279@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7280@ifclear GENERIC
7281@node Machine Dependencies
7282@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7283
c2dcd04e 7284The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7285and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7286chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7287family.
7288
7289@menu
c2dcd04e 7290* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7291* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7292@end menu
7293@lowersections
7294@end ifclear
7295@end ifset
7296
7297@ifset D10V
7298@include c-d10v.texi
7299@end ifset
7300
7301@ifset D30V
7302@include c-d30v.texi
7303@end ifset
7304
cfb8c092
NC
7305@ifset EPIPHANY
7306@include c-epiphany.texi
7307@end ifset
7308
252b5132
RH
7309@ifset H8/300
7310@include c-h8300.texi
7311@end ifset
7312
252b5132
RH
7313@ifset HPPA
7314@include c-hppa.texi
7315@end ifset
7316
5b93d8bb
AM
7317@ifset I370
7318@include c-i370.texi
7319@end ifset
7320
252b5132
RH
7321@ifset I80386
7322@include c-i386.texi
7323@end ifset
7324
e3308d0d
JE
7325@ifset I860
7326@include c-i860.texi
7327@end ifset
7328
252b5132
RH
7329@ifset I960
7330@include c-i960.texi
7331@end ifset
7332
9e32ca89
NC
7333@ifset IA64
7334@include c-ia64.texi
7335@end ifset
7336
a40cbfa3
NC
7337@ifset IP2K
7338@include c-ip2k.texi
7339@end ifset
7340
84e94c90
NC
7341@ifset LM32
7342@include c-lm32.texi
7343@end ifset
7344
49f58d10
JB
7345@ifset M32C
7346@include c-m32c.texi
7347@end ifset
7348
ec694b89
NC
7349@ifset M32R
7350@include c-m32r.texi
7351@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7352
7353@ifset M680X0
7354@include c-m68k.texi
7355@end ifset
7356
60bcf0fa
NC
7357@ifset M68HC11
7358@include c-m68hc11.texi
7359@end ifset
7360
a3c62988
NC
7361@ifset METAG
7362@include c-metag.texi
7363@end ifset
7364
01642c12 7365@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7366@include c-microblaze.texi
7367@end ifset
7368
252b5132
RH
7369@ifset MIPS
7370@include c-mips.texi
7371@end ifset
7372
3c3bdf30
NC
7373@ifset MMIX
7374@include c-mmix.texi
7375@end ifset
7376
2469cfa2
NC
7377@ifset MSP430
7378@include c-msp430.texi
7379@end ifset
7380
35c08157
KLC
7381@ifset NDS32
7382@include c-nds32.texi
7383@end ifset
7384
36591ba1
SL
7385@ifset NIOSII
7386@include c-nios2.texi
7387@end ifset
7388
252b5132
RH
7389@ifset NS32K
7390@include c-ns32k.texi
7391@end ifset
7392
e135f41b
NC
7393@ifset PDP11
7394@include c-pdp11.texi
7395@end ifset
7396
041dd5a9
ILT
7397@ifset PJ
7398@include c-pj.texi
7399@end ifset
7400
418c1742
MG
7401@ifset PPC
7402@include c-ppc.texi
7403@end ifset
7404
99c513f6
DD
7405@ifset RL78
7406@include c-rl78.texi
7407@end ifset
7408
046d31c2
NC
7409@ifset RX
7410@include c-rx.texi
7411@end ifset
7412
11c19e16
MS
7413@ifset S390
7414@include c-s390.texi
7415@end ifset
7416
c0157db4
NC
7417@ifset SCORE
7418@include c-score.texi
7419@end ifset
7420
252b5132
RH
7421@ifset SH
7422@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7423@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7424@end ifset
7425
7426@ifset SPARC
7427@include c-sparc.texi
7428@end ifset
7429
39bec121
TW
7430@ifset TIC54X
7431@include c-tic54x.texi
7432@end ifset
7433
40b36596
JM
7434@ifset TIC6X
7435@include c-tic6x.texi
7436@end ifset
7437
aa137e4d
NC
7438@ifset TILEGX
7439@include c-tilegx.texi
7440@end ifset
7441
7442@ifset TILEPRO
7443@include c-tilepro.texi
7444@end ifset
7445
3c9b82ba
NC
7446@ifset Z80
7447@include c-z80.texi
7448@end ifset
7449
252b5132
RH
7450@ifset Z8000
7451@include c-z8k.texi
7452@end ifset
7453
7454@ifset VAX
7455@include c-vax.texi
7456@end ifset
7457
7458@ifset V850
7459@include c-v850.texi
7460@end ifset
7461
f6c1a2d5
NC
7462@ifset XGATE
7463@include c-xgate.texi
7464@end ifset
7465
6753e72f
NC
7466@ifset XSTORMY16
7467@include c-xstormy16.texi
7468@end ifset
7469
e0001a05
NC
7470@ifset XTENSA
7471@include c-xtensa.texi
7472@end ifset
7473
252b5132
RH
7474@ifset GENERIC
7475@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7476@raisesections
7477@end ifset
7478
7479@node Reporting Bugs
7480@chapter Reporting Bugs
7481@cindex bugs in assembler
7482@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7483
a4fb0134 7484Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7485
7486Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7487not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7488entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7489Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7490
7491In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7492information that enables us to fix the bug.
7493
7494@menu
7495* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7496* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7497@end menu
7498
7499@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7500@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7501@cindex bug criteria
7502
7503If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7504
7505@itemize @bullet
7506@cindex fatal signal
7507@cindex assembler crash
7508@cindex crash of assembler
7509@item
7510If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7511@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7512
7513@cindex error on valid input
7514@item
a4fb0134 7515If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7516
7517@cindex invalid input
7518@item
a4fb0134 7519If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7520is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7521be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7522
7523@item
7524If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7525of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7526@end itemize
7527
7528@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7529@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7530@cindex bug reports
7531@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7532
7533A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7534you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7535contact that organization first.
7536
7537You can find contact information for many support companies and
7538individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7539distribution.
7540
ad22bfe8 7541@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7542In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7543to @value{BUGURL}.
7544@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7545
7546The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7547@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7548fact or leave it out, state it!
7549
7550Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7551and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7552name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7553not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7554happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7555perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7556the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7557give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7558and the most helpful.
7559
7560Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7561it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7562that the bug has not been reported previously.
7563
7564Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7565bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7566respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7567You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7568
7569To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7570
7571@itemize @bullet
7572@item
a4fb0134 7573The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7574it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7575
7576Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7577the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7578
7579@item
a4fb0134 7580Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7581
7582@item
7583The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7584version number.
7585
7586@item
a4fb0134 7587What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7588``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7589
7590@item
7591The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7592observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7593all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7594
7595If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7596and then we might not encounter the bug.
7597
7598@item
7599A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7600the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7601high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7602when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7603the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7604file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7605@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7606
7607@item
7608A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7609incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7610
a4fb0134 7611Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7612will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7613notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7614make a mistake.
7615
7616Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7617explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7618@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7619library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7620would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7621would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7622expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7623observations.
7624
7625@item
a4fb0134 7626If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7627diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7628option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7629discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7630by line number.
7631
7632The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7633sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7634@end itemize
7635
7636Here are some things that are not necessary:
7637
7638@itemize @bullet
7639@item
7640A description of the envelope of the bug.
7641
7642Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7643which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7644changes will not affect it.
7645
7646This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7647will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7648with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7649We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7650
7651Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7652of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7653output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7654less time, and so on.
7655
7656However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7657report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7658
7659@item
7660A patch for the bug.
7661
7662A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7663the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7664a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7665to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7666
a4fb0134 7667Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7668construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7669the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7670one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7671
7672And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7673patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7674help us to understand.
7675
7676@item
7677A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7678
7679Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7680things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7681@end itemize
7682
7683@node Acknowledgements
7684@chapter Acknowledgements
7685
653cfe85 7686If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7687it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7688maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7689@c (October 2012),
7690the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7691
7692Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7693more details?}
7694
7695Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7696information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7697extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7698
7699K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7700many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7701up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7702testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7703including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7704and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7705support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7706port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7707file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7708assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7709
7710Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7711in format-specific I/O modules.
7712
7713The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7714has done much work with it since.
7715
7716The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7717
7718Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7719
7720The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7721University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7722
7723Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7724(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7725(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7726support a.out format.
7727
7be1c489
AM
7728Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7729tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7730Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7731use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7732targets.
7733
7734John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7735simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7736updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7737fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7738remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7739cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7740required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7741
7742Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
774368k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7744added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7745PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7746
653cfe85 7747Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7748
7749Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7750
7751Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7752along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7753formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7754the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7755
7756Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7757Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7758Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7759Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7760and some initial 64-bit support).
7761
c1253627 7762Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7763
252b5132
RH
7764Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7765support for openVMS/Alpha.
7766
39bec121
TW
7767Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7768flavors.
7769
e0001a05 7770David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7771Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7772
252b5132
RH
7773Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7774configuration enhancements.
7775
84e94c90
NC
7776Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7777
252b5132
RH
7778Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7779you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7780want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7781intentionally leaving anyone out.
7782
793c5807
NC
7783@node GNU Free Documentation License
7784@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7785@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7786
370b66a1
CD
7787@node AS Index
7788@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7789
7790@printindex cp
7791
252b5132
RH
7792@bye
7793@c Local Variables:
7794@c fill-column: 79
7795@c End: